ASTContext.cpp revision cded4f649cd4b7ba7d461c25c6482ef52b8d3a2a
1324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver//===--- ASTContext.cpp - Context to hold long-lived AST nodes ------------===// 2324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver// 3324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure 4324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver// 5324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source 6324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. 7324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver// 8324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 9324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver// 10324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver// This file implements the ASTContext interface. 11324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver// 12324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 13324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver 14324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h" 15324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver#include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h" 16324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver#include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" 17324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h" 18324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h" 19324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver#include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h" 20324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver#include "clang/AST/Expr.h" 21324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" 22324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver#include "clang/AST/ExternalASTSource.h" 23324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver#include "clang/AST/ASTMutationListener.h" 24324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver#include "clang/AST/RecordLayout.h" 25324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver#include "clang/AST/Mangle.h" 26324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver#include "clang/Basic/Builtins.h" 27324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h" 28324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h" 29324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver#include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h" 30324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver#include "llvm/ADT/StringExtras.h" 31324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver#include "llvm/Support/MathExtras.h" 32324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver#include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h" 33324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver#include "CXXABI.h" 34324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver 35324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruverusing namespace clang; 36324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver 37324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruverunsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitDefaultConstructors; 38324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruverunsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitDefaultConstructorsDeclared; 39324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruverunsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitCopyConstructors; 40324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruverunsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitCopyConstructorsDeclared; 41324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruverunsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperators; 42324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruverunsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperatorsDeclared; 43324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruverunsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitDestructors; 44324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruverunsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitDestructorsDeclared; 45324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver 46324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruverenum FloatingRank { 47324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver FloatRank, DoubleRank, LongDoubleRank 48324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver}; 49324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver 50324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruvervoid 51324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen GruverASTContext::CanonicalTemplateTemplateParm::Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, 52324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Parm) { 53324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver ID.AddInteger(Parm->getDepth()); 54324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver ID.AddInteger(Parm->getPosition()); 55324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver ID.AddBoolean(Parm->isParameterPack()); 56324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver 57324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver TemplateParameterList *Params = Parm->getTemplateParameters(); 58324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver ID.AddInteger(Params->size()); 59324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver for (TemplateParameterList::const_iterator P = Params->begin(), 60324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver PEnd = Params->end(); 61324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver P != PEnd; ++P) { 62324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver if (TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTP = dyn_cast<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(*P)) { 63324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver ID.AddInteger(0); 64324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver ID.AddBoolean(TTP->isParameterPack()); 65324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver continue; 66324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver } 67324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver 68324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver if (NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *NTTP = dyn_cast<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(*P)) { 69324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver ID.AddInteger(1); 70324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver ID.AddBoolean(NTTP->isParameterPack()); 71324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver ID.AddPointer(NTTP->getType().getAsOpaquePtr()); 72324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver continue; 73324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver } 74324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver 75324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver TemplateTemplateParmDecl *TTP = cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(*P); 76324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver ID.AddInteger(2); 77324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver Profile(ID, TTP); 78324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver } 79324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver} 80324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver 81324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen GruverTemplateTemplateParmDecl * 82324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen GruverASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateTemplateParmDecl( 83324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver TemplateTemplateParmDecl *TTP) const { 84324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver // Check if we already have a canonical template template parameter. 85324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 86324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver CanonicalTemplateTemplateParm::Profile(ID, TTP); 87324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver void *InsertPos = 0; 88324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver CanonicalTemplateTemplateParm *Canonical 89324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver = CanonTemplateTemplateParms.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 90324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver if (Canonical) 91324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver return Canonical->getParam(); 92324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver 93324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver // Build a canonical template parameter list. 94324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver TemplateParameterList *Params = TTP->getTemplateParameters(); 95324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver llvm::SmallVector<NamedDecl *, 4> CanonParams; 96324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver CanonParams.reserve(Params->size()); 97324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver for (TemplateParameterList::const_iterator P = Params->begin(), 98324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver PEnd = Params->end(); 99324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver P != PEnd; ++P) { 100324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver if (TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTP = dyn_cast<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(*P)) 101324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver CanonParams.push_back( 102324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver TemplateTypeParmDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(), 103324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver SourceLocation(), TTP->getDepth(), 104324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver TTP->getIndex(), 0, false, 105324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver TTP->isParameterPack())); 106324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver else if (NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *NTTP 107324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver = dyn_cast<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(*P)) 108324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver CanonParams.push_back( 109324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver NonTypeTemplateParmDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(), 110324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver SourceLocation(), NTTP->getDepth(), 111324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver NTTP->getPosition(), 0, 112324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver getCanonicalType(NTTP->getType()), 113324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver NTTP->isParameterPack(), 114324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver 0)); 115324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver else 116324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver CanonParams.push_back(getCanonicalTemplateTemplateParmDecl( 117324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(*P))); 118324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver } 119324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver 120324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver TemplateTemplateParmDecl *CanonTTP 121324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver = TemplateTemplateParmDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(), 122324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver SourceLocation(), TTP->getDepth(), 123324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver TTP->getPosition(), 124324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver TTP->isParameterPack(), 125324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver 0, 126324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver TemplateParameterList::Create(*this, SourceLocation(), 127324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver SourceLocation(), 128324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver CanonParams.data(), 129324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver CanonParams.size(), 130324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver SourceLocation())); 131324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver 132324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 133324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver Canonical = CanonTemplateTemplateParms.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 134324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver assert(Canonical == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); 135324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver (void)Canonical; 136324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver 137324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver // Create the canonical template template parameter entry. 138324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver Canonical = new (*this) CanonicalTemplateTemplateParm(CanonTTP); 139324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver CanonTemplateTemplateParms.InsertNode(Canonical, InsertPos); 140324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver return CanonTTP; 141324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver} 142324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver 143324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen GruverCXXABI *ASTContext::createCXXABI(const TargetInfo &T) { 144324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver if (!LangOpts.CPlusPlus) return 0; 145324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver 146324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver switch (T.getCXXABI()) { 147324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver case CXXABI_ARM: 148324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver return CreateARMCXXABI(*this); 149324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver case CXXABI_Itanium: 150324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver return CreateItaniumCXXABI(*this); 151324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver case CXXABI_Microsoft: 152324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver return CreateMicrosoftCXXABI(*this); 153324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver } 154324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver return 0; 155324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver} 156324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver 157324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen GruverASTContext::ASTContext(const LangOptions& LOpts, SourceManager &SM, 158324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver const TargetInfo &t, 159324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver IdentifierTable &idents, SelectorTable &sels, 160324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver Builtin::Context &builtins, 161324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver unsigned size_reserve) : 162324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver TemplateSpecializationTypes(this_()), 163324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver DependentTemplateSpecializationTypes(this_()), 164324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver GlobalNestedNameSpecifier(0), IsInt128Installed(false), 165324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver CFConstantStringTypeDecl(0), NSConstantStringTypeDecl(0), 166324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl(0), FILEDecl(0), jmp_bufDecl(0), 167324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver sigjmp_bufDecl(0), BlockDescriptorType(0), BlockDescriptorExtendedType(0), 168324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver NullTypeSourceInfo(QualType()), 169324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver SourceMgr(SM), LangOpts(LOpts), ABI(createCXXABI(t)), Target(t), 170324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver Idents(idents), Selectors(sels), 171324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver BuiltinInfo(builtins), 172324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver DeclarationNames(*this), 173324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver ExternalSource(0), Listener(0), PrintingPolicy(LOpts), 174324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver LastSDM(0, 0), 175324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver UniqueBlockByRefTypeID(0), UniqueBlockParmTypeID(0) { 176324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver ObjCIdRedefinitionType = QualType(); 177324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver ObjCClassRedefinitionType = QualType(); 178324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver ObjCSelRedefinitionType = QualType(); 179324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver if (size_reserve > 0) Types.reserve(size_reserve); 180324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver TUDecl = TranslationUnitDecl::Create(*this); 181324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver InitBuiltinTypes(); 182324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver} 183324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver 184324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen GruverASTContext::~ASTContext() { 185324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver // Release the DenseMaps associated with DeclContext objects. 186324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver // FIXME: Is this the ideal solution? 187324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver ReleaseDeclContextMaps(); 188324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver 189324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver // Call all of the deallocation functions. 190324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver for (unsigned I = 0, N = Deallocations.size(); I != N; ++I) 191324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver Deallocations[I].first(Deallocations[I].second); 192324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver 193324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver // Release all of the memory associated with overridden C++ methods. 194324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver for (llvm::DenseMap<const CXXMethodDecl *, CXXMethodVector>::iterator 195324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver OM = OverriddenMethods.begin(), OMEnd = OverriddenMethods.end(); 196324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver OM != OMEnd; ++OM) 197324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver OM->second.Destroy(); 198324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver 199324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver // ASTRecordLayout objects in ASTRecordLayouts must always be destroyed 200324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver // because they can contain DenseMaps. 201324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver for (llvm::DenseMap<const ObjCContainerDecl*, 202324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver const ASTRecordLayout*>::iterator 203324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver I = ObjCLayouts.begin(), E = ObjCLayouts.end(); I != E; ) 204324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver // Increment in loop to prevent using deallocated memory. 205324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver if (ASTRecordLayout *R = const_cast<ASTRecordLayout*>((I++)->second)) 206324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver R->Destroy(*this); 207324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver 208324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver for (llvm::DenseMap<const RecordDecl*, const ASTRecordLayout*>::iterator 209324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver I = ASTRecordLayouts.begin(), E = ASTRecordLayouts.end(); I != E; ) { 210324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver // Increment in loop to prevent using deallocated memory. 211324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver if (ASTRecordLayout *R = const_cast<ASTRecordLayout*>((I++)->second)) 212324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver R->Destroy(*this); 213324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver } 214324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver 215324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver for (llvm::DenseMap<const Decl*, AttrVec*>::iterator A = DeclAttrs.begin(), 216324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver AEnd = DeclAttrs.end(); 217324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver A != AEnd; ++A) 218324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver A->second->~AttrVec(); 219324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver} 220324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver 221324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruvervoid ASTContext::AddDeallocation(void (*Callback)(void*), void *Data) { 222324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver Deallocations.push_back(std::make_pair(Callback, Data)); 223324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver} 224324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver 225324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruvervoid 226324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen GruverASTContext::setExternalSource(llvm::OwningPtr<ExternalASTSource> &Source) { 227324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver ExternalSource.reset(Source.take()); 228324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver} 229324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver 230324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruvervoid ASTContext::PrintStats() const { 231324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver fprintf(stderr, "*** AST Context Stats:\n"); 232324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver fprintf(stderr, " %d types total.\n", (int)Types.size()); 233324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver 234324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver unsigned counts[] = { 235324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver#define TYPE(Name, Parent) 0, 236324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Name, Parent) 237324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def" 238324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver 0 // Extra 239324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver }; 240324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver 241324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver for (unsigned i = 0, e = Types.size(); i != e; ++i) { 242324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver Type *T = Types[i]; 243324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver counts[(unsigned)T->getTypeClass()]++; 244324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver } 245324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver 246324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver unsigned Idx = 0; 247324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver unsigned TotalBytes = 0; 248324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver#define TYPE(Name, Parent) \ 249324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver if (counts[Idx]) \ 250324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver fprintf(stderr, " %d %s types\n", (int)counts[Idx], #Name); \ 251324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver TotalBytes += counts[Idx] * sizeof(Name##Type); \ 252324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver ++Idx; 253324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Name, Parent) 254324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def" 255324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver 256324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver fprintf(stderr, "Total bytes = %d\n", int(TotalBytes)); 257324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver 258324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver // Implicit special member functions. 259324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver fprintf(stderr, " %u/%u implicit default constructors created\n", 260324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver NumImplicitDefaultConstructorsDeclared, 261324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver NumImplicitDefaultConstructors); 262324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver fprintf(stderr, " %u/%u implicit copy constructors created\n", 263324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver NumImplicitCopyConstructorsDeclared, 264324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver NumImplicitCopyConstructors); 265324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver fprintf(stderr, " %u/%u implicit copy assignment operators created\n", 266324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperatorsDeclared, 267324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperators); 268324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver fprintf(stderr, " %u/%u implicit destructors created\n", 269324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver NumImplicitDestructorsDeclared, NumImplicitDestructors); 270324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver 271324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver if (ExternalSource.get()) { 272324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver fprintf(stderr, "\n"); 273324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver ExternalSource->PrintStats(); 274324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver } 275324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver 276324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver BumpAlloc.PrintStats(); 277324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver} 278324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver 279324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver 280324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruvervoid ASTContext::InitBuiltinType(CanQualType &R, BuiltinType::Kind K) { 281324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver BuiltinType *Ty = new (*this, TypeAlignment) BuiltinType(K); 282324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver R = CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(QualType(Ty, 0)); 283324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver Types.push_back(Ty); 284324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver} 285324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver 286324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruvervoid ASTContext::InitBuiltinTypes() { 287324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver assert(VoidTy.isNull() && "Context reinitialized?"); 288324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver 289324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver // C99 6.2.5p19. 290324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver InitBuiltinType(VoidTy, BuiltinType::Void); 291324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver 292324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver // C99 6.2.5p2. 293324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver InitBuiltinType(BoolTy, BuiltinType::Bool); 294324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver // C99 6.2.5p3. 295324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver if (LangOpts.CharIsSigned) 296324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver InitBuiltinType(CharTy, BuiltinType::Char_S); 297324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver else 298324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver InitBuiltinType(CharTy, BuiltinType::Char_U); 299324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver // C99 6.2.5p4. 300324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver InitBuiltinType(SignedCharTy, BuiltinType::SChar); 301324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver InitBuiltinType(ShortTy, BuiltinType::Short); 302324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver InitBuiltinType(IntTy, BuiltinType::Int); 303324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver InitBuiltinType(LongTy, BuiltinType::Long); 304324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver InitBuiltinType(LongLongTy, BuiltinType::LongLong); 305324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver 306324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver // C99 6.2.5p6. 307324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver InitBuiltinType(UnsignedCharTy, BuiltinType::UChar); 308324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver InitBuiltinType(UnsignedShortTy, BuiltinType::UShort); 309324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver InitBuiltinType(UnsignedIntTy, BuiltinType::UInt); 310324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver InitBuiltinType(UnsignedLongTy, BuiltinType::ULong); 311324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver InitBuiltinType(UnsignedLongLongTy, BuiltinType::ULongLong); 312324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver 313324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver // C99 6.2.5p10. 314324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver InitBuiltinType(FloatTy, BuiltinType::Float); 315324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver InitBuiltinType(DoubleTy, BuiltinType::Double); 316324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver InitBuiltinType(LongDoubleTy, BuiltinType::LongDouble); 317324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver 318324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver // GNU extension, 128-bit integers. 319324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver InitBuiltinType(Int128Ty, BuiltinType::Int128); 320324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver InitBuiltinType(UnsignedInt128Ty, BuiltinType::UInt128); 321324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver 322324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus) { // C++ 3.9.1p5 323324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver if (!LangOpts.ShortWChar) 324324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver InitBuiltinType(WCharTy, BuiltinType::WChar_S); 325324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver else // -fshort-wchar makes wchar_t be unsigned. 326324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver InitBuiltinType(WCharTy, BuiltinType::WChar_U); 327324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver } else // C99 328324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver WCharTy = getFromTargetType(Target.getWCharType()); 329324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver 330324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus) // C++0x 3.9.1p5, extension for C++ 331324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver InitBuiltinType(Char16Ty, BuiltinType::Char16); 332324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver else // C99 333324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver Char16Ty = getFromTargetType(Target.getChar16Type()); 334324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver 335324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus) // C++0x 3.9.1p5, extension for C++ 336324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver InitBuiltinType(Char32Ty, BuiltinType::Char32); 337324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver else // C99 338324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver Char32Ty = getFromTargetType(Target.getChar32Type()); 339324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver 340324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver // Placeholder type for type-dependent expressions whose type is 341324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver // completely unknown. No code should ever check a type against 342324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver // DependentTy and users should never see it; however, it is here to 343324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver // help diagnose failures to properly check for type-dependent 344324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver // expressions. 345324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver InitBuiltinType(DependentTy, BuiltinType::Dependent); 346324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver 347324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver // Placeholder type for functions. 348324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver InitBuiltinType(OverloadTy, BuiltinType::Overload); 349324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver 350324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver // Placeholder type for C++0x auto declarations whose real type has 351324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver // not yet been deduced. 352324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver InitBuiltinType(UndeducedAutoTy, BuiltinType::UndeducedAuto); 353324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver 354324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver // C99 6.2.5p11. 355324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver FloatComplexTy = getComplexType(FloatTy); 356324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver DoubleComplexTy = getComplexType(DoubleTy); 357324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver LongDoubleComplexTy = getComplexType(LongDoubleTy); 358324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver 359324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver BuiltinVaListType = QualType(); 360324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver 361324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver // "Builtin" typedefs set by Sema::ActOnTranslationUnitScope(). 362324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver ObjCIdTypedefType = QualType(); 363324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver ObjCClassTypedefType = QualType(); 364324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver ObjCSelTypedefType = QualType(); 365324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver 366324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver // Builtin types for 'id', 'Class', and 'SEL'. 367324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver InitBuiltinType(ObjCBuiltinIdTy, BuiltinType::ObjCId); 368324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver InitBuiltinType(ObjCBuiltinClassTy, BuiltinType::ObjCClass); 369324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver InitBuiltinType(ObjCBuiltinSelTy, BuiltinType::ObjCSel); 370324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver 371324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver ObjCConstantStringType = QualType(); 372324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver 373324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver // void * type 374324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver VoidPtrTy = getPointerType(VoidTy); 375324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver 376324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver // nullptr type (C++0x 2.14.7) 377324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver InitBuiltinType(NullPtrTy, BuiltinType::NullPtr); 378324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver} 379324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver 380324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen GruverDiagnostic &ASTContext::getDiagnostics() const { 381324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver return SourceMgr.getDiagnostics(); 382324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver} 383324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver 384324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen GruverAttrVec& ASTContext::getDeclAttrs(const Decl *D) { 385324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver AttrVec *&Result = DeclAttrs[D]; 386324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver if (!Result) { 387324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver void *Mem = Allocate(sizeof(AttrVec)); 388324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver Result = new (Mem) AttrVec; 389324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver } 390324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver 391324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver return *Result; 392324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver} 393324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver 394324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver/// \brief Erase the attributes corresponding to the given declaration. 395324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruvervoid ASTContext::eraseDeclAttrs(const Decl *D) { 396324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver llvm::DenseMap<const Decl*, AttrVec*>::iterator Pos = DeclAttrs.find(D); 397324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver if (Pos != DeclAttrs.end()) { 398324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver Pos->second->~AttrVec(); 399324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver DeclAttrs.erase(Pos); 400324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver } 401324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver} 402324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver 403324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver 404324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen GruverMemberSpecializationInfo * 405324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen GruverASTContext::getInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember(const VarDecl *Var) { 406324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver assert(Var->isStaticDataMember() && "Not a static data member"); 407324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver llvm::DenseMap<const VarDecl *, MemberSpecializationInfo *>::iterator Pos 408324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver = InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember.find(Var); 409324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver if (Pos == InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember.end()) 410324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver return 0; 411324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver 412324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver return Pos->second; 413324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver} 414324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver 415324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruvervoid 416324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen GruverASTContext::setInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember(VarDecl *Inst, VarDecl *Tmpl, 417324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver TemplateSpecializationKind TSK, 418324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation) { 419324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver assert(Inst->isStaticDataMember() && "Not a static data member"); 420324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver assert(Tmpl->isStaticDataMember() && "Not a static data member"); 421324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver assert(!InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember[Inst] && 422324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver "Already noted what static data member was instantiated from"); 423324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember[Inst] 424324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver = new (*this) MemberSpecializationInfo(Tmpl, TSK, PointOfInstantiation); 425324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver} 426324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver 427324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen GruverNamedDecl * 428324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen GruverASTContext::getInstantiatedFromUsingDecl(UsingDecl *UUD) { 429324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver llvm::DenseMap<UsingDecl *, NamedDecl *>::const_iterator Pos 430324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver = InstantiatedFromUsingDecl.find(UUD); 431324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver if (Pos == InstantiatedFromUsingDecl.end()) 432324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver return 0; 433324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver 434324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver return Pos->second; 435324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver} 436324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver 437324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruvervoid 438324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen GruverASTContext::setInstantiatedFromUsingDecl(UsingDecl *Inst, NamedDecl *Pattern) { 439324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver assert((isa<UsingDecl>(Pattern) || 440324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(Pattern) || 441324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(Pattern)) && 442324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver "pattern decl is not a using decl"); 443324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver assert(!InstantiatedFromUsingDecl[Inst] && "pattern already exists"); 444324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver InstantiatedFromUsingDecl[Inst] = Pattern; 445324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver} 446324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver 447324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen GruverUsingShadowDecl * 448324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen GruverASTContext::getInstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl(UsingShadowDecl *Inst) { 449324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver llvm::DenseMap<UsingShadowDecl*, UsingShadowDecl*>::const_iterator Pos 450324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver = InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl.find(Inst); 451324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver if (Pos == InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl.end()) 452324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver return 0; 453324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver 454324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver return Pos->second; 455324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver} 456324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver 457324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruvervoid 458324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen GruverASTContext::setInstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl(UsingShadowDecl *Inst, 459324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver UsingShadowDecl *Pattern) { 460324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver assert(!InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl[Inst] && "pattern already exists"); 461324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl[Inst] = Pattern; 462324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver} 463324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver 464324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen GruverFieldDecl *ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl(FieldDecl *Field) { 465324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver llvm::DenseMap<FieldDecl *, FieldDecl *>::iterator Pos 466324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver = InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl.find(Field); 467324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver if (Pos == InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl.end()) 468324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver return 0; 469324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver 470324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver return Pos->second; 471324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver} 472324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver 473324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruvervoid ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl(FieldDecl *Inst, 474324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver FieldDecl *Tmpl) { 475324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver assert(!Inst->getDeclName() && "Instantiated field decl is not unnamed"); 476324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver assert(!Tmpl->getDeclName() && "Template field decl is not unnamed"); 477324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver assert(!InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl[Inst] && 478324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver "Already noted what unnamed field was instantiated from"); 479324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver 480324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl[Inst] = Tmpl; 481324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver} 482324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver 483324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen GruverASTContext::overridden_cxx_method_iterator 484324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen GruverASTContext::overridden_methods_begin(const CXXMethodDecl *Method) const { 485324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver llvm::DenseMap<const CXXMethodDecl *, CXXMethodVector>::const_iterator Pos 486324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver = OverriddenMethods.find(Method); 487324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver if (Pos == OverriddenMethods.end()) 488324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver return 0; 489324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver 490324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver return Pos->second.begin(); 491324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver} 492324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver 493324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen GruverASTContext::overridden_cxx_method_iterator 494324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen GruverASTContext::overridden_methods_end(const CXXMethodDecl *Method) const { 495324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver llvm::DenseMap<const CXXMethodDecl *, CXXMethodVector>::const_iterator Pos 496324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver = OverriddenMethods.find(Method); 497324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver if (Pos == OverriddenMethods.end()) 498324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver return 0; 499324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver 500324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver return Pos->second.end(); 501324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver} 502324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver 503324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruverunsigned 504324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen GruverASTContext::overridden_methods_size(const CXXMethodDecl *Method) const { 505324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver llvm::DenseMap<const CXXMethodDecl *, CXXMethodVector>::const_iterator Pos 506324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver = OverriddenMethods.find(Method); 507324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver if (Pos == OverriddenMethods.end()) 508324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver return 0; 509324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver 510324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver return Pos->second.size(); 511324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver} 512324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver 513324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruvervoid ASTContext::addOverriddenMethod(const CXXMethodDecl *Method, 514324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver const CXXMethodDecl *Overridden) { 515324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver OverriddenMethods[Method].push_back(Overridden); 516324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver} 517324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver 518324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 519324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver// Type Sizing and Analysis 520324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 521324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver 522324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver/// getFloatTypeSemantics - Return the APFloat 'semantics' for the specified 523324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver/// scalar floating point type. 524324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruverconst llvm::fltSemantics &ASTContext::getFloatTypeSemantics(QualType T) const { 525324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>(); 526324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver assert(BT && "Not a floating point type!"); 527324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver switch (BT->getKind()) { 528324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver default: assert(0 && "Not a floating point type!"); 529324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver case BuiltinType::Float: return Target.getFloatFormat(); 530324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver case BuiltinType::Double: return Target.getDoubleFormat(); 531324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver case BuiltinType::LongDouble: return Target.getLongDoubleFormat(); 532324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver } 533324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver} 534324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver 535324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver/// getDeclAlign - Return a conservative estimate of the alignment of the 536324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver/// specified decl. Note that bitfields do not have a valid alignment, so 537324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver/// this method will assert on them. 538324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver/// If @p RefAsPointee, references are treated like their underlying type 539324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver/// (for alignof), else they're treated like pointers (for CodeGen). 540324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen GruverCharUnits ASTContext::getDeclAlign(const Decl *D, bool RefAsPointee) const { 541324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver unsigned Align = Target.getCharWidth(); 542324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver 543324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver bool UseAlignAttrOnly = false; 544324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver if (unsigned AlignFromAttr = D->getMaxAlignment()) { 545324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver Align = AlignFromAttr; 546324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver 547324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver // __attribute__((aligned)) can increase or decrease alignment 548324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver // *except* on a struct or struct member, where it only increases 549324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver // alignment unless 'packed' is also specified. 550324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver // 551324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver // It is an error for [[align]] to decrease alignment, so we can 552324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver // ignore that possibility; Sema should diagnose it. 553324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver if (isa<FieldDecl>(D)) { 554324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver UseAlignAttrOnly = D->hasAttr<PackedAttr>() || 555324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver cast<FieldDecl>(D)->getParent()->hasAttr<PackedAttr>(); 556324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver } else { 557324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver UseAlignAttrOnly = true; 558324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver } 559324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver } 560324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver 561324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver if (UseAlignAttrOnly) { 562324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver // ignore type of value 563324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver } else if (const ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(D)) { 564324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver QualType T = VD->getType(); 565324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver if (const ReferenceType* RT = T->getAs<ReferenceType>()) { 566324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver if (RefAsPointee) 567324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver T = RT->getPointeeType(); 568324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver else 569324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver T = getPointerType(RT->getPointeeType()); 570324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver } 571324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver if (!T->isIncompleteType() && !T->isFunctionType()) { 572324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver unsigned MinWidth = Target.getLargeArrayMinWidth(); 573324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver unsigned ArrayAlign = Target.getLargeArrayAlign(); 574324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver if (isa<VariableArrayType>(T) && MinWidth != 0) 575324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver Align = std::max(Align, ArrayAlign); 576324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver if (ConstantArrayType *CT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(T)) { 577324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver unsigned Size = getTypeSize(CT); 578324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver if (MinWidth != 0 && MinWidth <= Size) 579324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver Align = std::max(Align, ArrayAlign); 580324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver } 581324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver // Incomplete or function types default to 1. 582324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver while (isa<VariableArrayType>(T) || isa<IncompleteArrayType>(T)) 583324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver T = cast<ArrayType>(T)->getElementType(); 584324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver 585324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver Align = std::max(Align, getPreferredTypeAlign(T.getTypePtr())); 586324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver } 587324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver if (const FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(VD)) { 588324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver // In the case of a field in a packed struct, we want the minimum 589324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver // of the alignment of the field and the alignment of the struct. 590324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver Align = std::min(Align, 591324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver getPreferredTypeAlign(FD->getParent()->getTypeForDecl())); 592324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver } 593324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver } 594324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver 595324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver return CharUnits::fromQuantity(Align / Target.getCharWidth()); 596324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver} 597324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver 598324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruverstd::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits> 599324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen GruverASTContext::getTypeInfoInChars(const Type *T) { 600324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> Info = getTypeInfo(T); 601324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver return std::make_pair(CharUnits::fromQuantity(Info.first / getCharWidth()), 602324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver CharUnits::fromQuantity(Info.second / getCharWidth())); 603324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver} 604324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver 605324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruverstd::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits> 606324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen GruverASTContext::getTypeInfoInChars(QualType T) { 607324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver return getTypeInfoInChars(T.getTypePtr()); 608324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver} 609324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver 610324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver/// getTypeSize - Return the size of the specified type, in bits. This method 611324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver/// does not work on incomplete types. 612324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver/// 613324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver/// FIXME: Pointers into different addr spaces could have different sizes and 614324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver/// alignment requirements: getPointerInfo should take an AddrSpace, this 615324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver/// should take a QualType, &c. 616324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruverstd::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> 617324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen GruverASTContext::getTypeInfo(const Type *T) const { 618324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver uint64_t Width=0; 619324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver unsigned Align=8; 620324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver switch (T->getTypeClass()) { 621324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver#define TYPE(Class, Base) 622324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base) 623324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver#define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Class, Base) 624324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver#define DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class: 625324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def" 626324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver assert(false && "Should not see dependent types"); 627324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver break; 628324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver 629324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver case Type::FunctionNoProto: 630324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver case Type::FunctionProto: 631324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver // GCC extension: alignof(function) = 32 bits 632324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver Width = 0; 633324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver Align = 32; 634324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver break; 635324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver 636324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver case Type::IncompleteArray: 637324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver case Type::VariableArray: 638324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver Width = 0; 639324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver Align = getTypeAlign(cast<ArrayType>(T)->getElementType()); 640324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver break; 641324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver 642324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver case Type::ConstantArray: { 643324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver const ConstantArrayType *CAT = cast<ConstantArrayType>(T); 644324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver 645324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> EltInfo = getTypeInfo(CAT->getElementType()); 646324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver Width = EltInfo.first*CAT->getSize().getZExtValue(); 647324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver Align = EltInfo.second; 648324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver break; 649324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver } 650324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver case Type::ExtVector: 651324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver case Type::Vector: { 652324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver const VectorType *VT = cast<VectorType>(T); 653324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> EltInfo = getTypeInfo(VT->getElementType()); 654324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver Width = EltInfo.first*VT->getNumElements(); 655324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver Align = Width; 656324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver // If the alignment is not a power of 2, round up to the next power of 2. 657324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver // This happens for non-power-of-2 length vectors. 658324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver if (Align & (Align-1)) { 659324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver Align = llvm::NextPowerOf2(Align); 660324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver Width = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Width, Align); 661324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver } 662324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver break; 663324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver } 664324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver 665324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver case Type::Builtin: 666324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver switch (cast<BuiltinType>(T)->getKind()) { 667324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver default: assert(0 && "Unknown builtin type!"); 668324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver case BuiltinType::Void: 669324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver // GCC extension: alignof(void) = 8 bits. 670324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver Width = 0; 671324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver Align = 8; 672324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver break; 673324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver 674324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver case BuiltinType::Bool: 675324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver Width = Target.getBoolWidth(); 676324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver Align = Target.getBoolAlign(); 677324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver break; 678324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver case BuiltinType::Char_S: 679324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver case BuiltinType::Char_U: 680324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver case BuiltinType::UChar: 681324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver case BuiltinType::SChar: 682324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver Width = Target.getCharWidth(); 683324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver Align = Target.getCharAlign(); 684324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver break; 685324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver case BuiltinType::WChar_S: 686324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver case BuiltinType::WChar_U: 687324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver Width = Target.getWCharWidth(); 688324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver Align = Target.getWCharAlign(); 689324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver break; 690324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver case BuiltinType::Char16: 691324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver Width = Target.getChar16Width(); 692324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver Align = Target.getChar16Align(); 693324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver break; 694324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver case BuiltinType::Char32: 695324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver Width = Target.getChar32Width(); 696324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver Align = Target.getChar32Align(); 697324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver break; 698324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver case BuiltinType::UShort: 699324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver case BuiltinType::Short: 700324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver Width = Target.getShortWidth(); 701324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver Align = Target.getShortAlign(); 702324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver break; 703324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver case BuiltinType::UInt: 704324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver case BuiltinType::Int: 705324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver Width = Target.getIntWidth(); 706324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver Align = Target.getIntAlign(); 707324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver break; 708324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver case BuiltinType::ULong: 709324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver case BuiltinType::Long: 710324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver Width = Target.getLongWidth(); 711324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver Align = Target.getLongAlign(); 712324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver break; 713324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver case BuiltinType::ULongLong: 714324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver case BuiltinType::LongLong: 715324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver Width = Target.getLongLongWidth(); 716324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver Align = Target.getLongLongAlign(); 717324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver break; 718324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver case BuiltinType::Int128: 719324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver case BuiltinType::UInt128: 720324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver Width = 128; 721324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver Align = 128; // int128_t is 128-bit aligned on all targets. 722324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver break; 723324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver case BuiltinType::Float: 724324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver Width = Target.getFloatWidth(); 725324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver Align = Target.getFloatAlign(); 726324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver break; 727324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver case BuiltinType::Double: 728324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver Width = Target.getDoubleWidth(); 729324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver Align = Target.getDoubleAlign(); 730324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver break; 731324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver case BuiltinType::LongDouble: 732324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver Width = Target.getLongDoubleWidth(); 733324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver Align = Target.getLongDoubleAlign(); 734324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver break; 735324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver case BuiltinType::NullPtr: 736324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver Width = Target.getPointerWidth(0); // C++ 3.9.1p11: sizeof(nullptr_t) 737324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver Align = Target.getPointerAlign(0); // == sizeof(void*) 738324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver break; 739324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver case BuiltinType::ObjCId: 740324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver case BuiltinType::ObjCClass: 741324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver case BuiltinType::ObjCSel: 742324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver Width = Target.getPointerWidth(0); 743324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver Align = Target.getPointerAlign(0); 744324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver break; 745324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver } 746324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver break; 747324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver case Type::ObjCObjectPointer: 748324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver Width = Target.getPointerWidth(0); 749324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver Align = Target.getPointerAlign(0); 750324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver break; 751324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver case Type::BlockPointer: { 752324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver unsigned AS = cast<BlockPointerType>(T)->getPointeeType().getAddressSpace(); 753324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver Width = Target.getPointerWidth(AS); 754324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver Align = Target.getPointerAlign(AS); 755324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver break; 756324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver } 757324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver case Type::LValueReference: 758324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver case Type::RValueReference: { 759324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver // alignof and sizeof should never enter this code path here, so we go 760324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver // the pointer route. 761324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver unsigned AS = cast<ReferenceType>(T)->getPointeeType().getAddressSpace(); 762324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver Width = Target.getPointerWidth(AS); 763324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver Align = Target.getPointerAlign(AS); 764324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver break; 765324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver } 766324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver case Type::Pointer: { 767324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver unsigned AS = cast<PointerType>(T)->getPointeeType().getAddressSpace(); 768324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver Width = Target.getPointerWidth(AS); 769324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver Align = Target.getPointerAlign(AS); 770324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver break; 771324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver } 772324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver case Type::MemberPointer: { 773324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver const MemberPointerType *MPT = cast<MemberPointerType>(T); 774324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> PtrDiffInfo = 775324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver getTypeInfo(getPointerDiffType()); 776324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver Width = PtrDiffInfo.first * ABI->getMemberPointerSize(MPT); 777324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver Align = PtrDiffInfo.second; 778324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver break; 779324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver } 780324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver case Type::Complex: { 781324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver // Complex types have the same alignment as their elements, but twice the 782324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver // size. 783324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> EltInfo = 784324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver getTypeInfo(cast<ComplexType>(T)->getElementType()); 785324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver Width = EltInfo.first*2; 786324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver Align = EltInfo.second; 787324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver break; 788324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver } 789324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver case Type::ObjCObject: 790324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver return getTypeInfo(cast<ObjCObjectType>(T)->getBaseType().getTypePtr()); 791324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver case Type::ObjCInterface: { 792324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver const ObjCInterfaceType *ObjCI = cast<ObjCInterfaceType>(T); 793324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getASTObjCInterfaceLayout(ObjCI->getDecl()); 794324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver Width = Layout.getSize(); 795324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver Align = Layout.getAlignment(); 796324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver break; 797324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver } 798324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver case Type::Record: 799324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver case Type::Enum: { 800324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver const TagType *TT = cast<TagType>(T); 801324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver 802324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver if (TT->getDecl()->isInvalidDecl()) { 803324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver Width = 1; 804324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver Align = 1; 805324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver break; 806324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver } 807324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver 808324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver if (const EnumType *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(TT)) 809324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver return getTypeInfo(ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType()); 810324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver 811324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver const RecordType *RT = cast<RecordType>(TT); 812324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getASTRecordLayout(RT->getDecl()); 813324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver Width = Layout.getSize(); 814324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver Align = Layout.getAlignment(); 815324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver break; 816324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver } 817324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver 818324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver case Type::SubstTemplateTypeParm: 819324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver return getTypeInfo(cast<SubstTemplateTypeParmType>(T)-> 820324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver getReplacementType().getTypePtr()); 821324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver 822324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver case Type::Paren: 823324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver return getTypeInfo(cast<ParenType>(T)->getInnerType().getTypePtr()); 824324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver 825324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver case Type::Typedef: { 826324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver const TypedefDecl *Typedef = cast<TypedefType>(T)->getDecl(); 827324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> Info 828324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver = getTypeInfo(Typedef->getUnderlyingType().getTypePtr()); 829324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver Align = std::max(Typedef->getMaxAlignment(), Info.second); 830324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver Width = Info.first; 831324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver break; 832324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver } 833324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver 834324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver case Type::TypeOfExpr: 835324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver return getTypeInfo(cast<TypeOfExprType>(T)->getUnderlyingExpr()->getType() 836324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver .getTypePtr()); 837324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver 838324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver case Type::TypeOf: 839324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver return getTypeInfo(cast<TypeOfType>(T)->getUnderlyingType().getTypePtr()); 840324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver 841324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver case Type::Decltype: 842324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver return getTypeInfo(cast<DecltypeType>(T)->getUnderlyingExpr()->getType() 843324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver .getTypePtr()); 844324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver 845324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver case Type::Elaborated: 846324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver return getTypeInfo(cast<ElaboratedType>(T)->getNamedType().getTypePtr()); 847324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver 848324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver case Type::Attributed: 849324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver return getTypeInfo( 850324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver cast<AttributedType>(T)->getEquivalentType().getTypePtr()); 851324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver 852324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver case Type::TemplateSpecialization: 853324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver assert(getCanonicalType(T) != T && 854324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver "Cannot request the size of a dependent type"); 855324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver // FIXME: this is likely to be wrong once we support template 856324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver // aliases, since a template alias could refer to a typedef that 857324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver // has an __aligned__ attribute on it. 858324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver return getTypeInfo(getCanonicalType(T)); 859324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver } 860324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver 861324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver assert(Align && (Align & (Align-1)) == 0 && "Alignment must be power of 2"); 862324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver return std::make_pair(Width, Align); 863324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver} 864324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver 865324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver/// getTypeSizeInChars - Return the size of the specified type, in characters. 866324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver/// This method does not work on incomplete types. 867324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen GruverCharUnits ASTContext::getTypeSizeInChars(QualType T) const { 868324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver return CharUnits::fromQuantity(getTypeSize(T) / getCharWidth()); 869324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver} 870324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen GruverCharUnits ASTContext::getTypeSizeInChars(const Type *T) const { 871324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver return CharUnits::fromQuantity(getTypeSize(T) / getCharWidth()); 872324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver} 873324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver 874324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver/// getTypeAlignInChars - Return the ABI-specified alignment of a type, in 875324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver/// characters. This method does not work on incomplete types. 876324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen GruverCharUnits ASTContext::getTypeAlignInChars(QualType T) const { 877324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver return CharUnits::fromQuantity(getTypeAlign(T) / getCharWidth()); 878324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver} 879324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen GruverCharUnits ASTContext::getTypeAlignInChars(const Type *T) const { 880324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver return CharUnits::fromQuantity(getTypeAlign(T) / getCharWidth()); 881324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver} 882324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver 883324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver/// getPreferredTypeAlign - Return the "preferred" alignment of the specified 884324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver/// type for the current target in bits. This can be different than the ABI 885324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver/// alignment in cases where it is beneficial for performance to overalign 886324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver/// a data type. 887324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruverunsigned ASTContext::getPreferredTypeAlign(const Type *T) const { 888324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver unsigned ABIAlign = getTypeAlign(T); 889324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver 890324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver // Double and long long should be naturally aligned if possible. 891324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver if (const ComplexType* CT = T->getAs<ComplexType>()) 892324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver T = CT->getElementType().getTypePtr(); 893324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver if (T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Double) || 894324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::LongLong)) 895324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver return std::max(ABIAlign, (unsigned)getTypeSize(T)); 896324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver 897324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver return ABIAlign; 898324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver} 899324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver 900324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver/// ShallowCollectObjCIvars - 901324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver/// Collect all ivars, including those synthesized, in the current class. 902324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver/// 903324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruvervoid ASTContext::ShallowCollectObjCIvars(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI, 904324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver llvm::SmallVectorImpl<ObjCIvarDecl*> &Ivars) const { 905324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver // FIXME. This need be removed but there are two many places which 906324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver // assume const-ness of ObjCInterfaceDecl 907324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = const_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl *>(OI); 908324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver for (ObjCIvarDecl *Iv = IDecl->all_declared_ivar_begin(); Iv; 909324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver Iv= Iv->getNextIvar()) 910324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver Ivars.push_back(Iv); 911324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver} 912324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver 913324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver/// DeepCollectObjCIvars - 914324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver/// This routine first collects all declared, but not synthesized, ivars in 915324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver/// super class and then collects all ivars, including those synthesized for 916324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver/// current class. This routine is used for implementation of current class 917324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver/// when all ivars, declared and synthesized are known. 918324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver/// 919324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruvervoid ASTContext::DeepCollectObjCIvars(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI, 920324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver bool leafClass, 921324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver llvm::SmallVectorImpl<ObjCIvarDecl*> &Ivars) const { 922324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *SuperClass = OI->getSuperClass()) 923324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver DeepCollectObjCIvars(SuperClass, false, Ivars); 924324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver if (!leafClass) { 925324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::ivar_iterator I = OI->ivar_begin(), 926324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver E = OI->ivar_end(); I != E; ++I) 927324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver Ivars.push_back(*I); 928324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver } 929324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver else 930324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver ShallowCollectObjCIvars(OI, Ivars); 931324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver} 932324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver 933324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver/// CollectInheritedProtocols - Collect all protocols in current class and 934324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver/// those inherited by it. 935324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruvervoid ASTContext::CollectInheritedProtocols(const Decl *CDecl, 936324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl*, 8> &Protocols) { 937324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CDecl)) { 938324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver // We can use protocol_iterator here instead of 939324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver // all_referenced_protocol_iterator since we are walking all categories. 940324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::all_protocol_iterator P = OI->all_referenced_protocol_begin(), 941324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver PE = OI->all_referenced_protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) { 942324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver ObjCProtocolDecl *Proto = (*P); 943324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver Protocols.insert(Proto); 944324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = Proto->protocol_begin(), 945324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver PE = Proto->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) { 946324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver Protocols.insert(*P); 947324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver CollectInheritedProtocols(*P, Protocols); 948324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver } 949324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver } 950324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver 951324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver // Categories of this Interface. 952324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver for (const ObjCCategoryDecl *CDeclChain = OI->getCategoryList(); 953324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver CDeclChain; CDeclChain = CDeclChain->getNextClassCategory()) 954324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver CollectInheritedProtocols(CDeclChain, Protocols); 955324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *SD = OI->getSuperClass()) 956324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver while (SD) { 957324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver CollectInheritedProtocols(SD, Protocols); 958324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver SD = SD->getSuperClass(); 959324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver } 960324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver } else if (const ObjCCategoryDecl *OC = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CDecl)) { 961324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver for (ObjCCategoryDecl::protocol_iterator P = OC->protocol_begin(), 962324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver PE = OC->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) { 963324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver ObjCProtocolDecl *Proto = (*P); 964324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver Protocols.insert(Proto); 965324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = Proto->protocol_begin(), 966324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver PE = Proto->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) 967324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver CollectInheritedProtocols(*P, Protocols); 968324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver } 969324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver } else if (const ObjCProtocolDecl *OP = dyn_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl>(CDecl)) { 970324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = OP->protocol_begin(), 971324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver PE = OP->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) { 972324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver ObjCProtocolDecl *Proto = (*P); 973324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver Protocols.insert(Proto); 974324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = Proto->protocol_begin(), 975324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver PE = Proto->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) 976324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver CollectInheritedProtocols(*P, Protocols); 977324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver } 978324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver } 979324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver} 980324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver 981324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruverunsigned ASTContext::CountNonClassIvars(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI) const { 982324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver unsigned count = 0; 983324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver // Count ivars declared in class extension. 984324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver for (const ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = OI->getFirstClassExtension(); CDecl; 985324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver CDecl = CDecl->getNextClassExtension()) 986324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver count += CDecl->ivar_size(); 987324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver 988324c4644fee44b9898524c09511bd33c3f12e2dfBen Gruver // Count ivar defined in this class's implementation. This 989 // includes synthesized ivars. 990 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *ImplDecl = OI->getImplementation()) 991 count += ImplDecl->ivar_size(); 992 993 return count; 994} 995 996/// \brief Get the implementation of ObjCInterfaceDecl,or NULL if none exists. 997ObjCImplementationDecl *ASTContext::getObjCImplementation(ObjCInterfaceDecl *D) { 998 llvm::DenseMap<ObjCContainerDecl*, ObjCImplDecl*>::iterator 999 I = ObjCImpls.find(D); 1000 if (I != ObjCImpls.end()) 1001 return cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(I->second); 1002 return 0; 1003} 1004/// \brief Get the implementation of ObjCCategoryDecl, or NULL if none exists. 1005ObjCCategoryImplDecl *ASTContext::getObjCImplementation(ObjCCategoryDecl *D) { 1006 llvm::DenseMap<ObjCContainerDecl*, ObjCImplDecl*>::iterator 1007 I = ObjCImpls.find(D); 1008 if (I != ObjCImpls.end()) 1009 return cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(I->second); 1010 return 0; 1011} 1012 1013/// \brief Set the implementation of ObjCInterfaceDecl. 1014void ASTContext::setObjCImplementation(ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFaceD, 1015 ObjCImplementationDecl *ImplD) { 1016 assert(IFaceD && ImplD && "Passed null params"); 1017 ObjCImpls[IFaceD] = ImplD; 1018} 1019/// \brief Set the implementation of ObjCCategoryDecl. 1020void ASTContext::setObjCImplementation(ObjCCategoryDecl *CatD, 1021 ObjCCategoryImplDecl *ImplD) { 1022 assert(CatD && ImplD && "Passed null params"); 1023 ObjCImpls[CatD] = ImplD; 1024} 1025 1026/// \brief Get the copy initialization expression of VarDecl,or NULL if 1027/// none exists. 1028Expr *ASTContext::getBlockVarCopyInits(const VarDecl*VD) { 1029 assert(VD && "Passed null params"); 1030 assert(VD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>() && 1031 "getBlockVarCopyInits - not __block var"); 1032 llvm::DenseMap<const VarDecl*, Expr*>::iterator 1033 I = BlockVarCopyInits.find(VD); 1034 return (I != BlockVarCopyInits.end()) ? cast<Expr>(I->second) : 0; 1035} 1036 1037/// \brief Set the copy inialization expression of a block var decl. 1038void ASTContext::setBlockVarCopyInits(VarDecl*VD, Expr* Init) { 1039 assert(VD && Init && "Passed null params"); 1040 assert(VD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>() && 1041 "setBlockVarCopyInits - not __block var"); 1042 BlockVarCopyInits[VD] = Init; 1043} 1044 1045/// \brief Allocate an uninitialized TypeSourceInfo. 1046/// 1047/// The caller should initialize the memory held by TypeSourceInfo using 1048/// the TypeLoc wrappers. 1049/// 1050/// \param T the type that will be the basis for type source info. This type 1051/// should refer to how the declarator was written in source code, not to 1052/// what type semantic analysis resolved the declarator to. 1053TypeSourceInfo *ASTContext::CreateTypeSourceInfo(QualType T, 1054 unsigned DataSize) const { 1055 if (!DataSize) 1056 DataSize = TypeLoc::getFullDataSizeForType(T); 1057 else 1058 assert(DataSize == TypeLoc::getFullDataSizeForType(T) && 1059 "incorrect data size provided to CreateTypeSourceInfo!"); 1060 1061 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = 1062 (TypeSourceInfo*)BumpAlloc.Allocate(sizeof(TypeSourceInfo) + DataSize, 8); 1063 new (TInfo) TypeSourceInfo(T); 1064 return TInfo; 1065} 1066 1067TypeSourceInfo *ASTContext::getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(QualType T, 1068 SourceLocation L) { 1069 TypeSourceInfo *DI = CreateTypeSourceInfo(T); 1070 DI->getTypeLoc().initialize(L); 1071 return DI; 1072} 1073 1074const ASTRecordLayout & 1075ASTContext::getASTObjCInterfaceLayout(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *D) const { 1076 return getObjCLayout(D, 0); 1077} 1078 1079const ASTRecordLayout & 1080ASTContext::getASTObjCImplementationLayout( 1081 const ObjCImplementationDecl *D) const { 1082 return getObjCLayout(D->getClassInterface(), D); 1083} 1084 1085//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 1086// Type creation/memoization methods 1087//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 1088 1089QualType 1090ASTContext::getExtQualType(const Type *TypeNode, Qualifiers Quals) const { 1091 unsigned Fast = Quals.getFastQualifiers(); 1092 Quals.removeFastQualifiers(); 1093 1094 // Check if we've already instantiated this type. 1095 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 1096 ExtQuals::Profile(ID, TypeNode, Quals); 1097 void *InsertPos = 0; 1098 if (ExtQuals *EQ = ExtQualNodes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) { 1099 assert(EQ->getQualifiers() == Quals); 1100 QualType T = QualType(EQ, Fast); 1101 return T; 1102 } 1103 1104 ExtQuals *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) ExtQuals(TypeNode, Quals); 1105 ExtQualNodes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 1106 QualType T = QualType(New, Fast); 1107 return T; 1108} 1109 1110QualType 1111ASTContext::getAddrSpaceQualType(QualType T, unsigned AddressSpace) const { 1112 QualType CanT = getCanonicalType(T); 1113 if (CanT.getAddressSpace() == AddressSpace) 1114 return T; 1115 1116 // If we are composing extended qualifiers together, merge together 1117 // into one ExtQuals node. 1118 QualifierCollector Quals; 1119 const Type *TypeNode = Quals.strip(T); 1120 1121 // If this type already has an address space specified, it cannot get 1122 // another one. 1123 assert(!Quals.hasAddressSpace() && 1124 "Type cannot be in multiple addr spaces!"); 1125 Quals.addAddressSpace(AddressSpace); 1126 1127 return getExtQualType(TypeNode, Quals); 1128} 1129 1130QualType ASTContext::getObjCGCQualType(QualType T, 1131 Qualifiers::GC GCAttr) const { 1132 QualType CanT = getCanonicalType(T); 1133 if (CanT.getObjCGCAttr() == GCAttr) 1134 return T; 1135 1136 if (const PointerType *ptr = T->getAs<PointerType>()) { 1137 QualType Pointee = ptr->getPointeeType(); 1138 if (Pointee->isAnyPointerType()) { 1139 QualType ResultType = getObjCGCQualType(Pointee, GCAttr); 1140 return getPointerType(ResultType); 1141 } 1142 } 1143 1144 // If we are composing extended qualifiers together, merge together 1145 // into one ExtQuals node. 1146 QualifierCollector Quals; 1147 const Type *TypeNode = Quals.strip(T); 1148 1149 // If this type already has an ObjCGC specified, it cannot get 1150 // another one. 1151 assert(!Quals.hasObjCGCAttr() && 1152 "Type cannot have multiple ObjCGCs!"); 1153 Quals.addObjCGCAttr(GCAttr); 1154 1155 return getExtQualType(TypeNode, Quals); 1156} 1157 1158const FunctionType *ASTContext::adjustFunctionType(const FunctionType *T, 1159 FunctionType::ExtInfo Info) { 1160 if (T->getExtInfo() == Info) 1161 return T; 1162 1163 QualType Result; 1164 if (const FunctionNoProtoType *FNPT = dyn_cast<FunctionNoProtoType>(T)) { 1165 Result = getFunctionNoProtoType(FNPT->getResultType(), Info); 1166 } else { 1167 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = cast<FunctionProtoType>(T); 1168 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo(); 1169 EPI.ExtInfo = Info; 1170 Result = getFunctionType(FPT->getResultType(), FPT->arg_type_begin(), 1171 FPT->getNumArgs(), EPI); 1172 } 1173 1174 return cast<FunctionType>(Result.getTypePtr()); 1175} 1176 1177/// getComplexType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for a complex 1178/// number with the specified element type. 1179QualType ASTContext::getComplexType(QualType T) const { 1180 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular 1181 // structure. 1182 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 1183 ComplexType::Profile(ID, T); 1184 1185 void *InsertPos = 0; 1186 if (ComplexType *CT = ComplexTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 1187 return QualType(CT, 0); 1188 1189 // If the pointee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either, 1190 // so fill in the canonical type field. 1191 QualType Canonical; 1192 if (!T.isCanonical()) { 1193 Canonical = getComplexType(getCanonicalType(T)); 1194 1195 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 1196 ComplexType *NewIP = ComplexTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 1197 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 1198 } 1199 ComplexType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) ComplexType(T, Canonical); 1200 Types.push_back(New); 1201 ComplexTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 1202 return QualType(New, 0); 1203} 1204 1205/// getPointerType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for a pointer to 1206/// the specified type. 1207QualType ASTContext::getPointerType(QualType T) const { 1208 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular 1209 // structure. 1210 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 1211 PointerType::Profile(ID, T); 1212 1213 void *InsertPos = 0; 1214 if (PointerType *PT = PointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 1215 return QualType(PT, 0); 1216 1217 // If the pointee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either, 1218 // so fill in the canonical type field. 1219 QualType Canonical; 1220 if (!T.isCanonical()) { 1221 Canonical = getPointerType(getCanonicalType(T)); 1222 1223 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 1224 PointerType *NewIP = PointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 1225 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 1226 } 1227 PointerType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) PointerType(T, Canonical); 1228 Types.push_back(New); 1229 PointerTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 1230 return QualType(New, 0); 1231} 1232 1233/// getBlockPointerType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for 1234/// a pointer to the specified block. 1235QualType ASTContext::getBlockPointerType(QualType T) const { 1236 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "block of function types only"); 1237 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one block of a particular 1238 // structure. 1239 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 1240 BlockPointerType::Profile(ID, T); 1241 1242 void *InsertPos = 0; 1243 if (BlockPointerType *PT = 1244 BlockPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 1245 return QualType(PT, 0); 1246 1247 // If the block pointee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical 1248 // type either so fill in the canonical type field. 1249 QualType Canonical; 1250 if (!T.isCanonical()) { 1251 Canonical = getBlockPointerType(getCanonicalType(T)); 1252 1253 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 1254 BlockPointerType *NewIP = 1255 BlockPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 1256 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 1257 } 1258 BlockPointerType *New 1259 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) BlockPointerType(T, Canonical); 1260 Types.push_back(New); 1261 BlockPointerTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 1262 return QualType(New, 0); 1263} 1264 1265/// getLValueReferenceType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for an 1266/// lvalue reference to the specified type. 1267QualType 1268ASTContext::getLValueReferenceType(QualType T, bool SpelledAsLValue) const { 1269 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular 1270 // structure. 1271 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 1272 ReferenceType::Profile(ID, T, SpelledAsLValue); 1273 1274 void *InsertPos = 0; 1275 if (LValueReferenceType *RT = 1276 LValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 1277 return QualType(RT, 0); 1278 1279 const ReferenceType *InnerRef = T->getAs<ReferenceType>(); 1280 1281 // If the referencee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type 1282 // either, so fill in the canonical type field. 1283 QualType Canonical; 1284 if (!SpelledAsLValue || InnerRef || !T.isCanonical()) { 1285 QualType PointeeType = (InnerRef ? InnerRef->getPointeeType() : T); 1286 Canonical = getLValueReferenceType(getCanonicalType(PointeeType)); 1287 1288 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 1289 LValueReferenceType *NewIP = 1290 LValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 1291 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 1292 } 1293 1294 LValueReferenceType *New 1295 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) LValueReferenceType(T, Canonical, 1296 SpelledAsLValue); 1297 Types.push_back(New); 1298 LValueReferenceTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 1299 1300 return QualType(New, 0); 1301} 1302 1303/// getRValueReferenceType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for an 1304/// rvalue reference to the specified type. 1305QualType ASTContext::getRValueReferenceType(QualType T) const { 1306 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular 1307 // structure. 1308 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 1309 ReferenceType::Profile(ID, T, false); 1310 1311 void *InsertPos = 0; 1312 if (RValueReferenceType *RT = 1313 RValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 1314 return QualType(RT, 0); 1315 1316 const ReferenceType *InnerRef = T->getAs<ReferenceType>(); 1317 1318 // If the referencee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type 1319 // either, so fill in the canonical type field. 1320 QualType Canonical; 1321 if (InnerRef || !T.isCanonical()) { 1322 QualType PointeeType = (InnerRef ? InnerRef->getPointeeType() : T); 1323 Canonical = getRValueReferenceType(getCanonicalType(PointeeType)); 1324 1325 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 1326 RValueReferenceType *NewIP = 1327 RValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 1328 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 1329 } 1330 1331 RValueReferenceType *New 1332 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) RValueReferenceType(T, Canonical); 1333 Types.push_back(New); 1334 RValueReferenceTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 1335 return QualType(New, 0); 1336} 1337 1338/// getMemberPointerType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for a 1339/// member pointer to the specified type, in the specified class. 1340QualType ASTContext::getMemberPointerType(QualType T, const Type *Cls) const { 1341 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular 1342 // structure. 1343 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 1344 MemberPointerType::Profile(ID, T, Cls); 1345 1346 void *InsertPos = 0; 1347 if (MemberPointerType *PT = 1348 MemberPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 1349 return QualType(PT, 0); 1350 1351 // If the pointee or class type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical 1352 // type either, so fill in the canonical type field. 1353 QualType Canonical; 1354 if (!T.isCanonical() || !Cls->isCanonicalUnqualified()) { 1355 Canonical = getMemberPointerType(getCanonicalType(T),getCanonicalType(Cls)); 1356 1357 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 1358 MemberPointerType *NewIP = 1359 MemberPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 1360 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 1361 } 1362 MemberPointerType *New 1363 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) MemberPointerType(T, Cls, Canonical); 1364 Types.push_back(New); 1365 MemberPointerTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 1366 return QualType(New, 0); 1367} 1368 1369/// getConstantArrayType - Return the unique reference to the type for an 1370/// array of the specified element type. 1371QualType ASTContext::getConstantArrayType(QualType EltTy, 1372 const llvm::APInt &ArySizeIn, 1373 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM, 1374 unsigned EltTypeQuals) const { 1375 assert((EltTy->isDependentType() || 1376 EltTy->isIncompleteType() || EltTy->isConstantSizeType()) && 1377 "Constant array of VLAs is illegal!"); 1378 1379 // Convert the array size into a canonical width matching the pointer size for 1380 // the target. 1381 llvm::APInt ArySize(ArySizeIn); 1382 ArySize = 1383 ArySize.zextOrTrunc(Target.getPointerWidth(EltTy.getAddressSpace())); 1384 1385 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 1386 ConstantArrayType::Profile(ID, EltTy, ArySize, ASM, EltTypeQuals); 1387 1388 void *InsertPos = 0; 1389 if (ConstantArrayType *ATP = 1390 ConstantArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 1391 return QualType(ATP, 0); 1392 1393 // If the element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either, 1394 // so fill in the canonical type field. 1395 QualType Canonical; 1396 if (!EltTy.isCanonical()) { 1397 Canonical = getConstantArrayType(getCanonicalType(EltTy), ArySize, 1398 ASM, EltTypeQuals); 1399 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 1400 ConstantArrayType *NewIP = 1401 ConstantArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 1402 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 1403 } 1404 1405 ConstantArrayType *New = new(*this,TypeAlignment) 1406 ConstantArrayType(EltTy, Canonical, ArySize, ASM, EltTypeQuals); 1407 ConstantArrayTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 1408 Types.push_back(New); 1409 return QualType(New, 0); 1410} 1411 1412/// getIncompleteArrayType - Returns a unique reference to the type for a 1413/// incomplete array of the specified element type. 1414QualType ASTContext::getUnknownSizeVariableArrayType(QualType Ty) const { 1415 QualType ElemTy = getBaseElementType(Ty); 1416 DeclarationName Name; 1417 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 8> ATypes; 1418 QualType ATy = Ty; 1419 while (const ArrayType *AT = getAsArrayType(ATy)) { 1420 ATypes.push_back(ATy); 1421 ATy = AT->getElementType(); 1422 } 1423 for (int i = ATypes.size() - 1; i >= 0; i--) { 1424 if (const VariableArrayType *VAT = getAsVariableArrayType(ATypes[i])) { 1425 ElemTy = getVariableArrayType(ElemTy, /*ArraySize*/0, ArrayType::Star, 1426 0, VAT->getBracketsRange()); 1427 } 1428 else if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = getAsConstantArrayType(ATypes[i])) { 1429 llvm::APSInt ConstVal(CAT->getSize()); 1430 ElemTy = getConstantArrayType(ElemTy, ConstVal, ArrayType::Normal, 0); 1431 } 1432 else if (getAsIncompleteArrayType(ATypes[i])) { 1433 ElemTy = getVariableArrayType(ElemTy, /*ArraySize*/0, ArrayType::Normal, 1434 0, SourceRange()); 1435 } 1436 else 1437 assert(false && "DependentArrayType is seen"); 1438 } 1439 return ElemTy; 1440} 1441 1442/// getVariableArrayDecayedType - Returns a vla type where known sizes 1443/// are replaced with [*] 1444QualType ASTContext::getVariableArrayDecayedType(QualType Ty) const { 1445 if (Ty->isPointerType()) { 1446 QualType BaseType = Ty->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 1447 if (isa<VariableArrayType>(BaseType)) { 1448 ArrayType *AT = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(BaseType); 1449 VariableArrayType *VAT = cast<VariableArrayType>(AT); 1450 if (VAT->getSizeExpr()) { 1451 Ty = getUnknownSizeVariableArrayType(BaseType); 1452 Ty = getPointerType(Ty); 1453 } 1454 } 1455 } 1456 return Ty; 1457} 1458 1459 1460/// getVariableArrayType - Returns a non-unique reference to the type for a 1461/// variable array of the specified element type. 1462QualType ASTContext::getVariableArrayType(QualType EltTy, 1463 Expr *NumElts, 1464 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM, 1465 unsigned EltTypeQuals, 1466 SourceRange Brackets) const { 1467 // Since we don't unique expressions, it isn't possible to unique VLA's 1468 // that have an expression provided for their size. 1469 QualType CanonType; 1470 1471 if (!EltTy.isCanonical()) { 1472 CanonType = getVariableArrayType(getCanonicalType(EltTy), NumElts, ASM, 1473 EltTypeQuals, Brackets); 1474 } 1475 1476 VariableArrayType *New = new(*this, TypeAlignment) 1477 VariableArrayType(EltTy, CanonType, NumElts, ASM, EltTypeQuals, Brackets); 1478 1479 VariableArrayTypes.push_back(New); 1480 Types.push_back(New); 1481 return QualType(New, 0); 1482} 1483 1484/// getDependentSizedArrayType - Returns a non-unique reference to 1485/// the type for a dependently-sized array of the specified element 1486/// type. 1487QualType ASTContext::getDependentSizedArrayType(QualType EltTy, 1488 Expr *NumElts, 1489 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM, 1490 unsigned EltTypeQuals, 1491 SourceRange Brackets) const { 1492 assert((!NumElts || NumElts->isTypeDependent() || 1493 NumElts->isValueDependent()) && 1494 "Size must be type- or value-dependent!"); 1495 1496 void *InsertPos = 0; 1497 DependentSizedArrayType *Canon = 0; 1498 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 1499 1500 QualType CanonicalEltTy = getCanonicalType(EltTy); 1501 if (NumElts) { 1502 // Dependently-sized array types that do not have a specified 1503 // number of elements will have their sizes deduced from an 1504 // initializer. 1505 DependentSizedArrayType::Profile(ID, *this, CanonicalEltTy, ASM, 1506 EltTypeQuals, NumElts); 1507 1508 Canon = DependentSizedArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 1509 } 1510 1511 DependentSizedArrayType *New; 1512 if (Canon) { 1513 // We already have a canonical version of this array type; use it as 1514 // the canonical type for a newly-built type. 1515 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 1516 DependentSizedArrayType(*this, EltTy, QualType(Canon, 0), 1517 NumElts, ASM, EltTypeQuals, Brackets); 1518 } else if (CanonicalEltTy == EltTy) { 1519 // This is a canonical type. Record it. 1520 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 1521 DependentSizedArrayType(*this, EltTy, QualType(), 1522 NumElts, ASM, EltTypeQuals, Brackets); 1523 1524 if (NumElts) { 1525#ifndef NDEBUG 1526 DependentSizedArrayType *CanonCheck 1527 = DependentSizedArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 1528 assert(!CanonCheck && "Dependent-sized canonical array type broken"); 1529 (void)CanonCheck; 1530#endif 1531 DependentSizedArrayTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 1532 } 1533 } else { 1534 QualType Canon = getDependentSizedArrayType(CanonicalEltTy, NumElts, 1535 ASM, EltTypeQuals, 1536 SourceRange()); 1537 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 1538 DependentSizedArrayType(*this, EltTy, Canon, 1539 NumElts, ASM, EltTypeQuals, Brackets); 1540 } 1541 1542 Types.push_back(New); 1543 return QualType(New, 0); 1544} 1545 1546QualType ASTContext::getIncompleteArrayType(QualType EltTy, 1547 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM, 1548 unsigned EltTypeQuals) const { 1549 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 1550 IncompleteArrayType::Profile(ID, EltTy, ASM, EltTypeQuals); 1551 1552 void *InsertPos = 0; 1553 if (IncompleteArrayType *ATP = 1554 IncompleteArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 1555 return QualType(ATP, 0); 1556 1557 // If the element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type 1558 // either, so fill in the canonical type field. 1559 QualType Canonical; 1560 1561 if (!EltTy.isCanonical()) { 1562 Canonical = getIncompleteArrayType(getCanonicalType(EltTy), 1563 ASM, EltTypeQuals); 1564 1565 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 1566 IncompleteArrayType *NewIP = 1567 IncompleteArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 1568 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 1569 } 1570 1571 IncompleteArrayType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 1572 IncompleteArrayType(EltTy, Canonical, ASM, EltTypeQuals); 1573 1574 IncompleteArrayTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 1575 Types.push_back(New); 1576 return QualType(New, 0); 1577} 1578 1579/// getVectorType - Return the unique reference to a vector type of 1580/// the specified element type and size. VectorType must be a built-in type. 1581QualType ASTContext::getVectorType(QualType vecType, unsigned NumElts, 1582 VectorType::VectorKind VecKind) const { 1583 BuiltinType *BaseType; 1584 1585 BaseType = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(getCanonicalType(vecType).getTypePtr()); 1586 assert(BaseType != 0 && "getVectorType(): Expecting a built-in type"); 1587 1588 // Check if we've already instantiated a vector of this type. 1589 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 1590 VectorType::Profile(ID, vecType, NumElts, Type::Vector, VecKind); 1591 1592 void *InsertPos = 0; 1593 if (VectorType *VTP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 1594 return QualType(VTP, 0); 1595 1596 // If the element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either, 1597 // so fill in the canonical type field. 1598 QualType Canonical; 1599 if (!vecType.isCanonical()) { 1600 Canonical = getVectorType(getCanonicalType(vecType), NumElts, VecKind); 1601 1602 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 1603 VectorType *NewIP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 1604 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 1605 } 1606 VectorType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 1607 VectorType(vecType, NumElts, Canonical, VecKind); 1608 VectorTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 1609 Types.push_back(New); 1610 return QualType(New, 0); 1611} 1612 1613/// getExtVectorType - Return the unique reference to an extended vector type of 1614/// the specified element type and size. VectorType must be a built-in type. 1615QualType 1616ASTContext::getExtVectorType(QualType vecType, unsigned NumElts) const { 1617 BuiltinType *baseType; 1618 1619 baseType = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(getCanonicalType(vecType).getTypePtr()); 1620 assert(baseType != 0 && "getExtVectorType(): Expecting a built-in type"); 1621 1622 // Check if we've already instantiated a vector of this type. 1623 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 1624 VectorType::Profile(ID, vecType, NumElts, Type::ExtVector, 1625 VectorType::GenericVector); 1626 void *InsertPos = 0; 1627 if (VectorType *VTP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 1628 return QualType(VTP, 0); 1629 1630 // If the element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either, 1631 // so fill in the canonical type field. 1632 QualType Canonical; 1633 if (!vecType.isCanonical()) { 1634 Canonical = getExtVectorType(getCanonicalType(vecType), NumElts); 1635 1636 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 1637 VectorType *NewIP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 1638 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 1639 } 1640 ExtVectorType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 1641 ExtVectorType(vecType, NumElts, Canonical); 1642 VectorTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 1643 Types.push_back(New); 1644 return QualType(New, 0); 1645} 1646 1647QualType 1648ASTContext::getDependentSizedExtVectorType(QualType vecType, 1649 Expr *SizeExpr, 1650 SourceLocation AttrLoc) const { 1651 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 1652 DependentSizedExtVectorType::Profile(ID, *this, getCanonicalType(vecType), 1653 SizeExpr); 1654 1655 void *InsertPos = 0; 1656 DependentSizedExtVectorType *Canon 1657 = DependentSizedExtVectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 1658 DependentSizedExtVectorType *New; 1659 if (Canon) { 1660 // We already have a canonical version of this array type; use it as 1661 // the canonical type for a newly-built type. 1662 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 1663 DependentSizedExtVectorType(*this, vecType, QualType(Canon, 0), 1664 SizeExpr, AttrLoc); 1665 } else { 1666 QualType CanonVecTy = getCanonicalType(vecType); 1667 if (CanonVecTy == vecType) { 1668 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 1669 DependentSizedExtVectorType(*this, vecType, QualType(), SizeExpr, 1670 AttrLoc); 1671 1672 DependentSizedExtVectorType *CanonCheck 1673 = DependentSizedExtVectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 1674 assert(!CanonCheck && "Dependent-sized ext_vector canonical type broken"); 1675 (void)CanonCheck; 1676 DependentSizedExtVectorTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 1677 } else { 1678 QualType Canon = getDependentSizedExtVectorType(CanonVecTy, SizeExpr, 1679 SourceLocation()); 1680 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 1681 DependentSizedExtVectorType(*this, vecType, Canon, SizeExpr, AttrLoc); 1682 } 1683 } 1684 1685 Types.push_back(New); 1686 return QualType(New, 0); 1687} 1688 1689/// getFunctionNoProtoType - Return a K&R style C function type like 'int()'. 1690/// 1691QualType 1692ASTContext::getFunctionNoProtoType(QualType ResultTy, 1693 const FunctionType::ExtInfo &Info) const { 1694 const CallingConv CallConv = Info.getCC(); 1695 // Unique functions, to guarantee there is only one function of a particular 1696 // structure. 1697 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 1698 FunctionNoProtoType::Profile(ID, ResultTy, Info); 1699 1700 void *InsertPos = 0; 1701 if (FunctionNoProtoType *FT = 1702 FunctionNoProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 1703 return QualType(FT, 0); 1704 1705 QualType Canonical; 1706 if (!ResultTy.isCanonical() || 1707 getCanonicalCallConv(CallConv) != CallConv) { 1708 Canonical = 1709 getFunctionNoProtoType(getCanonicalType(ResultTy), 1710 Info.withCallingConv(getCanonicalCallConv(CallConv))); 1711 1712 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 1713 FunctionNoProtoType *NewIP = 1714 FunctionNoProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 1715 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 1716 } 1717 1718 FunctionNoProtoType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 1719 FunctionNoProtoType(ResultTy, Canonical, Info); 1720 Types.push_back(New); 1721 FunctionNoProtoTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 1722 return QualType(New, 0); 1723} 1724 1725/// getFunctionType - Return a normal function type with a typed argument 1726/// list. isVariadic indicates whether the argument list includes '...'. 1727QualType 1728ASTContext::getFunctionType(QualType ResultTy, 1729 const QualType *ArgArray, unsigned NumArgs, 1730 const FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI) const { 1731 // Unique functions, to guarantee there is only one function of a particular 1732 // structure. 1733 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 1734 FunctionProtoType::Profile(ID, ResultTy, ArgArray, NumArgs, EPI); 1735 1736 void *InsertPos = 0; 1737 if (FunctionProtoType *FTP = 1738 FunctionProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 1739 return QualType(FTP, 0); 1740 1741 // Determine whether the type being created is already canonical or not. 1742 bool isCanonical = !EPI.HasExceptionSpec && ResultTy.isCanonical(); 1743 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs && isCanonical; ++i) 1744 if (!ArgArray[i].isCanonicalAsParam()) 1745 isCanonical = false; 1746 1747 const CallingConv CallConv = EPI.ExtInfo.getCC(); 1748 1749 // If this type isn't canonical, get the canonical version of it. 1750 // The exception spec is not part of the canonical type. 1751 QualType Canonical; 1752 if (!isCanonical || getCanonicalCallConv(CallConv) != CallConv) { 1753 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 16> CanonicalArgs; 1754 CanonicalArgs.reserve(NumArgs); 1755 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; ++i) 1756 CanonicalArgs.push_back(getCanonicalParamType(ArgArray[i])); 1757 1758 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo CanonicalEPI = EPI; 1759 if (CanonicalEPI.HasExceptionSpec) { 1760 CanonicalEPI.HasExceptionSpec = false; 1761 CanonicalEPI.HasAnyExceptionSpec = false; 1762 CanonicalEPI.NumExceptions = 0; 1763 } 1764 CanonicalEPI.ExtInfo 1765 = CanonicalEPI.ExtInfo.withCallingConv(getCanonicalCallConv(CallConv)); 1766 1767 Canonical = getFunctionType(getCanonicalType(ResultTy), 1768 CanonicalArgs.data(), NumArgs, 1769 CanonicalEPI); 1770 1771 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 1772 FunctionProtoType *NewIP = 1773 FunctionProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 1774 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 1775 } 1776 1777 // FunctionProtoType objects are allocated with extra bytes after them 1778 // for two variable size arrays (for parameter and exception types) at the 1779 // end of them. 1780 size_t Size = sizeof(FunctionProtoType) + 1781 NumArgs * sizeof(QualType) + 1782 EPI.NumExceptions * sizeof(QualType); 1783 FunctionProtoType *FTP = (FunctionProtoType*) Allocate(Size, TypeAlignment); 1784 new (FTP) FunctionProtoType(ResultTy, ArgArray, NumArgs, Canonical, EPI); 1785 Types.push_back(FTP); 1786 FunctionProtoTypes.InsertNode(FTP, InsertPos); 1787 return QualType(FTP, 0); 1788} 1789 1790#ifndef NDEBUG 1791static bool NeedsInjectedClassNameType(const RecordDecl *D) { 1792 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(D)) return false; 1793 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D); 1794 if (isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(RD)) 1795 return true; 1796 if (RD->getDescribedClassTemplate() && 1797 !isa<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(RD)) 1798 return true; 1799 return false; 1800} 1801#endif 1802 1803/// getInjectedClassNameType - Return the unique reference to the 1804/// injected class name type for the specified templated declaration. 1805QualType ASTContext::getInjectedClassNameType(CXXRecordDecl *Decl, 1806 QualType TST) const { 1807 assert(NeedsInjectedClassNameType(Decl)); 1808 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) { 1809 assert(isa<InjectedClassNameType>(Decl->TypeForDecl)); 1810 } else if (CXXRecordDecl *PrevDecl = Decl->getPreviousDeclaration()) { 1811 assert(PrevDecl->TypeForDecl && "previous declaration has no type"); 1812 Decl->TypeForDecl = PrevDecl->TypeForDecl; 1813 assert(isa<InjectedClassNameType>(Decl->TypeForDecl)); 1814 } else { 1815 Decl->TypeForDecl = 1816 new (*this, TypeAlignment) InjectedClassNameType(Decl, TST); 1817 Types.push_back(Decl->TypeForDecl); 1818 } 1819 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0); 1820} 1821 1822/// getTypeDeclType - Return the unique reference to the type for the 1823/// specified type declaration. 1824QualType ASTContext::getTypeDeclTypeSlow(const TypeDecl *Decl) const { 1825 assert(Decl && "Passed null for Decl param"); 1826 assert(!Decl->TypeForDecl && "TypeForDecl present in slow case"); 1827 1828 if (const TypedefDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefDecl>(Decl)) 1829 return getTypedefType(Typedef); 1830 1831 assert(!isa<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(Decl) && 1832 "Template type parameter types are always available."); 1833 1834 if (const RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Decl)) { 1835 assert(!Record->getPreviousDeclaration() && 1836 "struct/union has previous declaration"); 1837 assert(!NeedsInjectedClassNameType(Record)); 1838 return getRecordType(Record); 1839 } else if (const EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Decl)) { 1840 assert(!Enum->getPreviousDeclaration() && 1841 "enum has previous declaration"); 1842 return getEnumType(Enum); 1843 } else if (const UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl *Using = 1844 dyn_cast<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(Decl)) { 1845 Decl->TypeForDecl = new (*this, TypeAlignment) UnresolvedUsingType(Using); 1846 } else 1847 llvm_unreachable("TypeDecl without a type?"); 1848 1849 Types.push_back(Decl->TypeForDecl); 1850 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0); 1851} 1852 1853/// getTypedefType - Return the unique reference to the type for the 1854/// specified typename decl. 1855QualType 1856ASTContext::getTypedefType(const TypedefDecl *Decl, QualType Canonical) const { 1857 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0); 1858 1859 if (Canonical.isNull()) 1860 Canonical = getCanonicalType(Decl->getUnderlyingType()); 1861 Decl->TypeForDecl = new(*this, TypeAlignment) 1862 TypedefType(Type::Typedef, Decl, Canonical); 1863 Types.push_back(Decl->TypeForDecl); 1864 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0); 1865} 1866 1867QualType ASTContext::getRecordType(const RecordDecl *Decl) const { 1868 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0); 1869 1870 if (const RecordDecl *PrevDecl = Decl->getPreviousDeclaration()) 1871 if (PrevDecl->TypeForDecl) 1872 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl = PrevDecl->TypeForDecl, 0); 1873 1874 Decl->TypeForDecl = new (*this, TypeAlignment) RecordType(Decl); 1875 Types.push_back(Decl->TypeForDecl); 1876 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0); 1877} 1878 1879QualType ASTContext::getEnumType(const EnumDecl *Decl) const { 1880 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0); 1881 1882 if (const EnumDecl *PrevDecl = Decl->getPreviousDeclaration()) 1883 if (PrevDecl->TypeForDecl) 1884 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl = PrevDecl->TypeForDecl, 0); 1885 1886 Decl->TypeForDecl = new (*this, TypeAlignment) EnumType(Decl); 1887 Types.push_back(Decl->TypeForDecl); 1888 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0); 1889} 1890 1891QualType ASTContext::getAttributedType(AttributedType::Kind attrKind, 1892 QualType modifiedType, 1893 QualType equivalentType) { 1894 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID id; 1895 AttributedType::Profile(id, attrKind, modifiedType, equivalentType); 1896 1897 void *insertPos = 0; 1898 AttributedType *type = AttributedTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(id, insertPos); 1899 if (type) return QualType(type, 0); 1900 1901 QualType canon = getCanonicalType(equivalentType); 1902 type = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 1903 AttributedType(canon, attrKind, modifiedType, equivalentType); 1904 1905 Types.push_back(type); 1906 AttributedTypes.InsertNode(type, insertPos); 1907 1908 return QualType(type, 0); 1909} 1910 1911 1912/// \brief Retrieve a substitution-result type. 1913QualType 1914ASTContext::getSubstTemplateTypeParmType(const TemplateTypeParmType *Parm, 1915 QualType Replacement) const { 1916 assert(Replacement.isCanonical() 1917 && "replacement types must always be canonical"); 1918 1919 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 1920 SubstTemplateTypeParmType::Profile(ID, Parm, Replacement); 1921 void *InsertPos = 0; 1922 SubstTemplateTypeParmType *SubstParm 1923 = SubstTemplateTypeParmTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 1924 1925 if (!SubstParm) { 1926 SubstParm = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 1927 SubstTemplateTypeParmType(Parm, Replacement); 1928 Types.push_back(SubstParm); 1929 SubstTemplateTypeParmTypes.InsertNode(SubstParm, InsertPos); 1930 } 1931 1932 return QualType(SubstParm, 0); 1933} 1934 1935/// \brief Retrieve a 1936QualType ASTContext::getSubstTemplateTypeParmPackType( 1937 const TemplateTypeParmType *Parm, 1938 const TemplateArgument &ArgPack) { 1939#ifndef NDEBUG 1940 for (TemplateArgument::pack_iterator P = ArgPack.pack_begin(), 1941 PEnd = ArgPack.pack_end(); 1942 P != PEnd; ++P) { 1943 assert(P->getKind() == TemplateArgument::Type &&"Pack contains a non-type"); 1944 assert(P->getAsType().isCanonical() && "Pack contains non-canonical type"); 1945 } 1946#endif 1947 1948 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 1949 SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType::Profile(ID, Parm, ArgPack); 1950 void *InsertPos = 0; 1951 if (SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType *SubstParm 1952 = SubstTemplateTypeParmPackTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 1953 return QualType(SubstParm, 0); 1954 1955 QualType Canon; 1956 if (!Parm->isCanonicalUnqualified()) { 1957 Canon = getCanonicalType(QualType(Parm, 0)); 1958 Canon = getSubstTemplateTypeParmPackType(cast<TemplateTypeParmType>(Canon), 1959 ArgPack); 1960 SubstTemplateTypeParmPackTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 1961 } 1962 1963 SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType *SubstParm 1964 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType(Parm, Canon, 1965 ArgPack); 1966 Types.push_back(SubstParm); 1967 SubstTemplateTypeParmTypes.InsertNode(SubstParm, InsertPos); 1968 return QualType(SubstParm, 0); 1969} 1970 1971/// \brief Retrieve the template type parameter type for a template 1972/// parameter or parameter pack with the given depth, index, and (optionally) 1973/// name. 1974QualType ASTContext::getTemplateTypeParmType(unsigned Depth, unsigned Index, 1975 bool ParameterPack, 1976 IdentifierInfo *Name) const { 1977 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 1978 TemplateTypeParmType::Profile(ID, Depth, Index, ParameterPack, Name); 1979 void *InsertPos = 0; 1980 TemplateTypeParmType *TypeParm 1981 = TemplateTypeParmTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 1982 1983 if (TypeParm) 1984 return QualType(TypeParm, 0); 1985 1986 if (Name) { 1987 QualType Canon = getTemplateTypeParmType(Depth, Index, ParameterPack); 1988 TypeParm = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 1989 TemplateTypeParmType(Depth, Index, ParameterPack, Name, Canon); 1990 1991 TemplateTypeParmType *TypeCheck 1992 = TemplateTypeParmTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 1993 assert(!TypeCheck && "Template type parameter canonical type broken"); 1994 (void)TypeCheck; 1995 } else 1996 TypeParm = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 1997 TemplateTypeParmType(Depth, Index, ParameterPack); 1998 1999 Types.push_back(TypeParm); 2000 TemplateTypeParmTypes.InsertNode(TypeParm, InsertPos); 2001 2002 return QualType(TypeParm, 0); 2003} 2004 2005TypeSourceInfo * 2006ASTContext::getTemplateSpecializationTypeInfo(TemplateName Name, 2007 SourceLocation NameLoc, 2008 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &Args, 2009 QualType CanonType) const { 2010 QualType TST = getTemplateSpecializationType(Name, Args, CanonType); 2011 2012 TypeSourceInfo *DI = CreateTypeSourceInfo(TST); 2013 TemplateSpecializationTypeLoc TL 2014 = cast<TemplateSpecializationTypeLoc>(DI->getTypeLoc()); 2015 TL.setTemplateNameLoc(NameLoc); 2016 TL.setLAngleLoc(Args.getLAngleLoc()); 2017 TL.setRAngleLoc(Args.getRAngleLoc()); 2018 for (unsigned i = 0, e = TL.getNumArgs(); i != e; ++i) 2019 TL.setArgLocInfo(i, Args[i].getLocInfo()); 2020 return DI; 2021} 2022 2023QualType 2024ASTContext::getTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName Template, 2025 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &Args, 2026 QualType Canon) const { 2027 unsigned NumArgs = Args.size(); 2028 2029 llvm::SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 4> ArgVec; 2030 ArgVec.reserve(NumArgs); 2031 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; ++i) 2032 ArgVec.push_back(Args[i].getArgument()); 2033 2034 return getTemplateSpecializationType(Template, ArgVec.data(), NumArgs, 2035 Canon); 2036} 2037 2038QualType 2039ASTContext::getTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName Template, 2040 const TemplateArgument *Args, 2041 unsigned NumArgs, 2042 QualType Canon) const { 2043 if (!Canon.isNull()) 2044 Canon = getCanonicalType(Canon); 2045 else 2046 Canon = getCanonicalTemplateSpecializationType(Template, Args, NumArgs); 2047 2048 // Allocate the (non-canonical) template specialization type, but don't 2049 // try to unique it: these types typically have location information that 2050 // we don't unique and don't want to lose. 2051 void *Mem = Allocate((sizeof(TemplateSpecializationType) + 2052 sizeof(TemplateArgument) * NumArgs), 2053 TypeAlignment); 2054 TemplateSpecializationType *Spec 2055 = new (Mem) TemplateSpecializationType(Template, 2056 Args, NumArgs, 2057 Canon); 2058 2059 Types.push_back(Spec); 2060 return QualType(Spec, 0); 2061} 2062 2063QualType 2064ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName Template, 2065 const TemplateArgument *Args, 2066 unsigned NumArgs) const { 2067 // Build the canonical template specialization type. 2068 TemplateName CanonTemplate = getCanonicalTemplateName(Template); 2069 llvm::SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 4> CanonArgs; 2070 CanonArgs.reserve(NumArgs); 2071 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumArgs; ++I) 2072 CanonArgs.push_back(getCanonicalTemplateArgument(Args[I])); 2073 2074 // Determine whether this canonical template specialization type already 2075 // exists. 2076 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2077 TemplateSpecializationType::Profile(ID, CanonTemplate, 2078 CanonArgs.data(), NumArgs, *this); 2079 2080 void *InsertPos = 0; 2081 TemplateSpecializationType *Spec 2082 = TemplateSpecializationTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2083 2084 if (!Spec) { 2085 // Allocate a new canonical template specialization type. 2086 void *Mem = Allocate((sizeof(TemplateSpecializationType) + 2087 sizeof(TemplateArgument) * NumArgs), 2088 TypeAlignment); 2089 Spec = new (Mem) TemplateSpecializationType(CanonTemplate, 2090 CanonArgs.data(), NumArgs, 2091 QualType()); 2092 Types.push_back(Spec); 2093 TemplateSpecializationTypes.InsertNode(Spec, InsertPos); 2094 } 2095 2096 assert(Spec->isDependentType() && 2097 "Non-dependent template-id type must have a canonical type"); 2098 return QualType(Spec, 0); 2099} 2100 2101QualType 2102ASTContext::getElaboratedType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, 2103 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, 2104 QualType NamedType) const { 2105 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2106 ElaboratedType::Profile(ID, Keyword, NNS, NamedType); 2107 2108 void *InsertPos = 0; 2109 ElaboratedType *T = ElaboratedTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2110 if (T) 2111 return QualType(T, 0); 2112 2113 QualType Canon = NamedType; 2114 if (!Canon.isCanonical()) { 2115 Canon = getCanonicalType(NamedType); 2116 ElaboratedType *CheckT = ElaboratedTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2117 assert(!CheckT && "Elaborated canonical type broken"); 2118 (void)CheckT; 2119 } 2120 2121 T = new (*this) ElaboratedType(Keyword, NNS, NamedType, Canon); 2122 Types.push_back(T); 2123 ElaboratedTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos); 2124 return QualType(T, 0); 2125} 2126 2127QualType 2128ASTContext::getParenType(QualType InnerType) const { 2129 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2130 ParenType::Profile(ID, InnerType); 2131 2132 void *InsertPos = 0; 2133 ParenType *T = ParenTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2134 if (T) 2135 return QualType(T, 0); 2136 2137 QualType Canon = InnerType; 2138 if (!Canon.isCanonical()) { 2139 Canon = getCanonicalType(InnerType); 2140 ParenType *CheckT = ParenTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2141 assert(!CheckT && "Paren canonical type broken"); 2142 (void)CheckT; 2143 } 2144 2145 T = new (*this) ParenType(InnerType, Canon); 2146 Types.push_back(T); 2147 ParenTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos); 2148 return QualType(T, 0); 2149} 2150 2151QualType ASTContext::getDependentNameType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, 2152 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, 2153 const IdentifierInfo *Name, 2154 QualType Canon) const { 2155 assert(NNS->isDependent() && "nested-name-specifier must be dependent"); 2156 2157 if (Canon.isNull()) { 2158 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS); 2159 ElaboratedTypeKeyword CanonKeyword = Keyword; 2160 if (Keyword == ETK_None) 2161 CanonKeyword = ETK_Typename; 2162 2163 if (CanonNNS != NNS || CanonKeyword != Keyword) 2164 Canon = getDependentNameType(CanonKeyword, CanonNNS, Name); 2165 } 2166 2167 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2168 DependentNameType::Profile(ID, Keyword, NNS, Name); 2169 2170 void *InsertPos = 0; 2171 DependentNameType *T 2172 = DependentNameTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2173 if (T) 2174 return QualType(T, 0); 2175 2176 T = new (*this) DependentNameType(Keyword, NNS, Name, Canon); 2177 Types.push_back(T); 2178 DependentNameTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos); 2179 return QualType(T, 0); 2180} 2181 2182QualType 2183ASTContext::getDependentTemplateSpecializationType( 2184 ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, 2185 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, 2186 const IdentifierInfo *Name, 2187 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &Args) const { 2188 // TODO: avoid this copy 2189 llvm::SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 16> ArgCopy; 2190 for (unsigned I = 0, E = Args.size(); I != E; ++I) 2191 ArgCopy.push_back(Args[I].getArgument()); 2192 return getDependentTemplateSpecializationType(Keyword, NNS, Name, 2193 ArgCopy.size(), 2194 ArgCopy.data()); 2195} 2196 2197QualType 2198ASTContext::getDependentTemplateSpecializationType( 2199 ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, 2200 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, 2201 const IdentifierInfo *Name, 2202 unsigned NumArgs, 2203 const TemplateArgument *Args) const { 2204 assert(NNS->isDependent() && "nested-name-specifier must be dependent"); 2205 2206 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2207 DependentTemplateSpecializationType::Profile(ID, *this, Keyword, NNS, 2208 Name, NumArgs, Args); 2209 2210 void *InsertPos = 0; 2211 DependentTemplateSpecializationType *T 2212 = DependentTemplateSpecializationTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2213 if (T) 2214 return QualType(T, 0); 2215 2216 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS); 2217 2218 ElaboratedTypeKeyword CanonKeyword = Keyword; 2219 if (Keyword == ETK_None) CanonKeyword = ETK_Typename; 2220 2221 bool AnyNonCanonArgs = false; 2222 llvm::SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 16> CanonArgs(NumArgs); 2223 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumArgs; ++I) { 2224 CanonArgs[I] = getCanonicalTemplateArgument(Args[I]); 2225 if (!CanonArgs[I].structurallyEquals(Args[I])) 2226 AnyNonCanonArgs = true; 2227 } 2228 2229 QualType Canon; 2230 if (AnyNonCanonArgs || CanonNNS != NNS || CanonKeyword != Keyword) { 2231 Canon = getDependentTemplateSpecializationType(CanonKeyword, CanonNNS, 2232 Name, NumArgs, 2233 CanonArgs.data()); 2234 2235 // Find the insert position again. 2236 DependentTemplateSpecializationTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2237 } 2238 2239 void *Mem = Allocate((sizeof(DependentTemplateSpecializationType) + 2240 sizeof(TemplateArgument) * NumArgs), 2241 TypeAlignment); 2242 T = new (Mem) DependentTemplateSpecializationType(Keyword, NNS, 2243 Name, NumArgs, Args, Canon); 2244 Types.push_back(T); 2245 DependentTemplateSpecializationTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos); 2246 return QualType(T, 0); 2247} 2248 2249QualType ASTContext::getPackExpansionType(QualType Pattern, 2250 llvm::Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions) { 2251 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2252 PackExpansionType::Profile(ID, Pattern, NumExpansions); 2253 2254 assert(Pattern->containsUnexpandedParameterPack() && 2255 "Pack expansions must expand one or more parameter packs"); 2256 void *InsertPos = 0; 2257 PackExpansionType *T 2258 = PackExpansionTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2259 if (T) 2260 return QualType(T, 0); 2261 2262 QualType Canon; 2263 if (!Pattern.isCanonical()) { 2264 Canon = getPackExpansionType(getCanonicalType(Pattern), NumExpansions); 2265 2266 // Find the insert position again. 2267 PackExpansionTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2268 } 2269 2270 T = new (*this) PackExpansionType(Pattern, Canon, NumExpansions); 2271 Types.push_back(T); 2272 PackExpansionTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos); 2273 return QualType(T, 0); 2274} 2275 2276/// CmpProtocolNames - Comparison predicate for sorting protocols 2277/// alphabetically. 2278static bool CmpProtocolNames(const ObjCProtocolDecl *LHS, 2279 const ObjCProtocolDecl *RHS) { 2280 return LHS->getDeclName() < RHS->getDeclName(); 2281} 2282 2283static bool areSortedAndUniqued(ObjCProtocolDecl * const *Protocols, 2284 unsigned NumProtocols) { 2285 if (NumProtocols == 0) return true; 2286 2287 for (unsigned i = 1; i != NumProtocols; ++i) 2288 if (!CmpProtocolNames(Protocols[i-1], Protocols[i])) 2289 return false; 2290 return true; 2291} 2292 2293static void SortAndUniqueProtocols(ObjCProtocolDecl **Protocols, 2294 unsigned &NumProtocols) { 2295 ObjCProtocolDecl **ProtocolsEnd = Protocols+NumProtocols; 2296 2297 // Sort protocols, keyed by name. 2298 std::sort(Protocols, Protocols+NumProtocols, CmpProtocolNames); 2299 2300 // Remove duplicates. 2301 ProtocolsEnd = std::unique(Protocols, ProtocolsEnd); 2302 NumProtocols = ProtocolsEnd-Protocols; 2303} 2304 2305QualType ASTContext::getObjCObjectType(QualType BaseType, 2306 ObjCProtocolDecl * const *Protocols, 2307 unsigned NumProtocols) const { 2308 // If the base type is an interface and there aren't any protocols 2309 // to add, then the interface type will do just fine. 2310 if (!NumProtocols && isa<ObjCInterfaceType>(BaseType)) 2311 return BaseType; 2312 2313 // Look in the folding set for an existing type. 2314 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2315 ObjCObjectTypeImpl::Profile(ID, BaseType, Protocols, NumProtocols); 2316 void *InsertPos = 0; 2317 if (ObjCObjectType *QT = ObjCObjectTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2318 return QualType(QT, 0); 2319 2320 // Build the canonical type, which has the canonical base type and 2321 // a sorted-and-uniqued list of protocols. 2322 QualType Canonical; 2323 bool ProtocolsSorted = areSortedAndUniqued(Protocols, NumProtocols); 2324 if (!ProtocolsSorted || !BaseType.isCanonical()) { 2325 if (!ProtocolsSorted) { 2326 llvm::SmallVector<ObjCProtocolDecl*, 8> Sorted(Protocols, 2327 Protocols + NumProtocols); 2328 unsigned UniqueCount = NumProtocols; 2329 2330 SortAndUniqueProtocols(&Sorted[0], UniqueCount); 2331 Canonical = getObjCObjectType(getCanonicalType(BaseType), 2332 &Sorted[0], UniqueCount); 2333 } else { 2334 Canonical = getObjCObjectType(getCanonicalType(BaseType), 2335 Protocols, NumProtocols); 2336 } 2337 2338 // Regenerate InsertPos. 2339 ObjCObjectTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2340 } 2341 2342 unsigned Size = sizeof(ObjCObjectTypeImpl); 2343 Size += NumProtocols * sizeof(ObjCProtocolDecl *); 2344 void *Mem = Allocate(Size, TypeAlignment); 2345 ObjCObjectTypeImpl *T = 2346 new (Mem) ObjCObjectTypeImpl(Canonical, BaseType, Protocols, NumProtocols); 2347 2348 Types.push_back(T); 2349 ObjCObjectTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos); 2350 return QualType(T, 0); 2351} 2352 2353/// getObjCObjectPointerType - Return a ObjCObjectPointerType type for 2354/// the given object type. 2355QualType ASTContext::getObjCObjectPointerType(QualType ObjectT) const { 2356 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2357 ObjCObjectPointerType::Profile(ID, ObjectT); 2358 2359 void *InsertPos = 0; 2360 if (ObjCObjectPointerType *QT = 2361 ObjCObjectPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2362 return QualType(QT, 0); 2363 2364 // Find the canonical object type. 2365 QualType Canonical; 2366 if (!ObjectT.isCanonical()) { 2367 Canonical = getObjCObjectPointerType(getCanonicalType(ObjectT)); 2368 2369 // Regenerate InsertPos. 2370 ObjCObjectPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2371 } 2372 2373 // No match. 2374 void *Mem = Allocate(sizeof(ObjCObjectPointerType), TypeAlignment); 2375 ObjCObjectPointerType *QType = 2376 new (Mem) ObjCObjectPointerType(Canonical, ObjectT); 2377 2378 Types.push_back(QType); 2379 ObjCObjectPointerTypes.InsertNode(QType, InsertPos); 2380 return QualType(QType, 0); 2381} 2382 2383/// getObjCInterfaceType - Return the unique reference to the type for the 2384/// specified ObjC interface decl. The list of protocols is optional. 2385QualType ASTContext::getObjCInterfaceType(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *Decl) const { 2386 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) 2387 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0); 2388 2389 // FIXME: redeclarations? 2390 void *Mem = Allocate(sizeof(ObjCInterfaceType), TypeAlignment); 2391 ObjCInterfaceType *T = new (Mem) ObjCInterfaceType(Decl); 2392 Decl->TypeForDecl = T; 2393 Types.push_back(T); 2394 return QualType(T, 0); 2395} 2396 2397/// getTypeOfExprType - Unlike many "get<Type>" functions, we can't unique 2398/// TypeOfExprType AST's (since expression's are never shared). For example, 2399/// multiple declarations that refer to "typeof(x)" all contain different 2400/// DeclRefExpr's. This doesn't effect the type checker, since it operates 2401/// on canonical type's (which are always unique). 2402QualType ASTContext::getTypeOfExprType(Expr *tofExpr) const { 2403 TypeOfExprType *toe; 2404 if (tofExpr->isTypeDependent()) { 2405 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2406 DependentTypeOfExprType::Profile(ID, *this, tofExpr); 2407 2408 void *InsertPos = 0; 2409 DependentTypeOfExprType *Canon 2410 = DependentTypeOfExprTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2411 if (Canon) { 2412 // We already have a "canonical" version of an identical, dependent 2413 // typeof(expr) type. Use that as our canonical type. 2414 toe = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TypeOfExprType(tofExpr, 2415 QualType((TypeOfExprType*)Canon, 0)); 2416 } 2417 else { 2418 // Build a new, canonical typeof(expr) type. 2419 Canon 2420 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DependentTypeOfExprType(*this, tofExpr); 2421 DependentTypeOfExprTypes.InsertNode(Canon, InsertPos); 2422 toe = Canon; 2423 } 2424 } else { 2425 QualType Canonical = getCanonicalType(tofExpr->getType()); 2426 toe = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TypeOfExprType(tofExpr, Canonical); 2427 } 2428 Types.push_back(toe); 2429 return QualType(toe, 0); 2430} 2431 2432/// getTypeOfType - Unlike many "get<Type>" functions, we don't unique 2433/// TypeOfType AST's. The only motivation to unique these nodes would be 2434/// memory savings. Since typeof(t) is fairly uncommon, space shouldn't be 2435/// an issue. This doesn't effect the type checker, since it operates 2436/// on canonical type's (which are always unique). 2437QualType ASTContext::getTypeOfType(QualType tofType) const { 2438 QualType Canonical = getCanonicalType(tofType); 2439 TypeOfType *tot = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TypeOfType(tofType, Canonical); 2440 Types.push_back(tot); 2441 return QualType(tot, 0); 2442} 2443 2444/// getDecltypeForExpr - Given an expr, will return the decltype for that 2445/// expression, according to the rules in C++0x [dcl.type.simple]p4 2446static QualType getDecltypeForExpr(const Expr *e, const ASTContext &Context) { 2447 if (e->isTypeDependent()) 2448 return Context.DependentTy; 2449 2450 // If e is an id expression or a class member access, decltype(e) is defined 2451 // as the type of the entity named by e. 2452 if (const DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(e)) { 2453 if (const ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(DRE->getDecl())) 2454 return VD->getType(); 2455 } 2456 if (const MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(e)) { 2457 if (const FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) 2458 return FD->getType(); 2459 } 2460 // If e is a function call or an invocation of an overloaded operator, 2461 // (parentheses around e are ignored), decltype(e) is defined as the 2462 // return type of that function. 2463 if (const CallExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(e->IgnoreParens())) 2464 return CE->getCallReturnType(); 2465 2466 QualType T = e->getType(); 2467 2468 // Otherwise, where T is the type of e, if e is an lvalue, decltype(e) is 2469 // defined as T&, otherwise decltype(e) is defined as T. 2470 if (e->isLValue()) 2471 T = Context.getLValueReferenceType(T); 2472 2473 return T; 2474} 2475 2476/// getDecltypeType - Unlike many "get<Type>" functions, we don't unique 2477/// DecltypeType AST's. The only motivation to unique these nodes would be 2478/// memory savings. Since decltype(t) is fairly uncommon, space shouldn't be 2479/// an issue. This doesn't effect the type checker, since it operates 2480/// on canonical type's (which are always unique). 2481QualType ASTContext::getDecltypeType(Expr *e) const { 2482 DecltypeType *dt; 2483 if (e->isTypeDependent()) { 2484 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2485 DependentDecltypeType::Profile(ID, *this, e); 2486 2487 void *InsertPos = 0; 2488 DependentDecltypeType *Canon 2489 = DependentDecltypeTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2490 if (Canon) { 2491 // We already have a "canonical" version of an equivalent, dependent 2492 // decltype type. Use that as our canonical type. 2493 dt = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DecltypeType(e, DependentTy, 2494 QualType((DecltypeType*)Canon, 0)); 2495 } 2496 else { 2497 // Build a new, canonical typeof(expr) type. 2498 Canon = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DependentDecltypeType(*this, e); 2499 DependentDecltypeTypes.InsertNode(Canon, InsertPos); 2500 dt = Canon; 2501 } 2502 } else { 2503 QualType T = getDecltypeForExpr(e, *this); 2504 dt = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DecltypeType(e, T, getCanonicalType(T)); 2505 } 2506 Types.push_back(dt); 2507 return QualType(dt, 0); 2508} 2509 2510/// getTagDeclType - Return the unique reference to the type for the 2511/// specified TagDecl (struct/union/class/enum) decl. 2512QualType ASTContext::getTagDeclType(const TagDecl *Decl) const { 2513 assert (Decl); 2514 // FIXME: What is the design on getTagDeclType when it requires casting 2515 // away const? mutable? 2516 return getTypeDeclType(const_cast<TagDecl*>(Decl)); 2517} 2518 2519/// getSizeType - Return the unique type for "size_t" (C99 7.17), the result 2520/// of the sizeof operator (C99 6.5.3.4p4). The value is target dependent and 2521/// needs to agree with the definition in <stddef.h>. 2522CanQualType ASTContext::getSizeType() const { 2523 return getFromTargetType(Target.getSizeType()); 2524} 2525 2526/// getSignedWCharType - Return the type of "signed wchar_t". 2527/// Used when in C++, as a GCC extension. 2528QualType ASTContext::getSignedWCharType() const { 2529 // FIXME: derive from "Target" ? 2530 return WCharTy; 2531} 2532 2533/// getUnsignedWCharType - Return the type of "unsigned wchar_t". 2534/// Used when in C++, as a GCC extension. 2535QualType ASTContext::getUnsignedWCharType() const { 2536 // FIXME: derive from "Target" ? 2537 return UnsignedIntTy; 2538} 2539 2540/// getPointerDiffType - Return the unique type for "ptrdiff_t" (ref?) 2541/// defined in <stddef.h>. Pointer - pointer requires this (C99 6.5.6p9). 2542QualType ASTContext::getPointerDiffType() const { 2543 return getFromTargetType(Target.getPtrDiffType(0)); 2544} 2545 2546//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 2547// Type Operators 2548//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 2549 2550CanQualType ASTContext::getCanonicalParamType(QualType T) const { 2551 // Push qualifiers into arrays, and then discard any remaining 2552 // qualifiers. 2553 T = getCanonicalType(T); 2554 T = getVariableArrayDecayedType(T); 2555 const Type *Ty = T.getTypePtr(); 2556 QualType Result; 2557 if (isa<ArrayType>(Ty)) { 2558 Result = getArrayDecayedType(QualType(Ty,0)); 2559 } else if (isa<FunctionType>(Ty)) { 2560 Result = getPointerType(QualType(Ty, 0)); 2561 } else { 2562 Result = QualType(Ty, 0); 2563 } 2564 2565 return CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(Result); 2566} 2567 2568/// getCanonicalType - Return the canonical (structural) type corresponding to 2569/// the specified potentially non-canonical type. The non-canonical version 2570/// of a type may have many "decorated" versions of types. Decorators can 2571/// include typedefs, 'typeof' operators, etc. The returned type is guaranteed 2572/// to be free of any of these, allowing two canonical types to be compared 2573/// for exact equality with a simple pointer comparison. 2574CanQualType ASTContext::getCanonicalType(QualType T) const { 2575 QualifierCollector Quals; 2576 const Type *Ptr = Quals.strip(T); 2577 QualType CanType = Ptr->getCanonicalTypeInternal(); 2578 2579 // The canonical internal type will be the canonical type *except* 2580 // that we push type qualifiers down through array types. 2581 2582 // If there are no new qualifiers to push down, stop here. 2583 if (!Quals.hasQualifiers()) 2584 return CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(CanType); 2585 2586 // If the type qualifiers are on an array type, get the canonical 2587 // type of the array with the qualifiers applied to the element 2588 // type. 2589 ArrayType *AT = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(CanType); 2590 if (!AT) 2591 return CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(getQualifiedType(CanType, Quals)); 2592 2593 // Get the canonical version of the element with the extra qualifiers on it. 2594 // This can recursively sink qualifiers through multiple levels of arrays. 2595 QualType NewEltTy = getQualifiedType(AT->getElementType(), Quals); 2596 NewEltTy = getCanonicalType(NewEltTy); 2597 2598 if (ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT)) 2599 return CanQualType::CreateUnsafe( 2600 getConstantArrayType(NewEltTy, CAT->getSize(), 2601 CAT->getSizeModifier(), 2602 CAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers())); 2603 if (IncompleteArrayType *IAT = dyn_cast<IncompleteArrayType>(AT)) 2604 return CanQualType::CreateUnsafe( 2605 getIncompleteArrayType(NewEltTy, IAT->getSizeModifier(), 2606 IAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers())); 2607 2608 if (DependentSizedArrayType *DSAT = dyn_cast<DependentSizedArrayType>(AT)) 2609 return CanQualType::CreateUnsafe( 2610 getDependentSizedArrayType(NewEltTy, 2611 DSAT->getSizeExpr(), 2612 DSAT->getSizeModifier(), 2613 DSAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(), 2614 DSAT->getBracketsRange())->getCanonicalTypeInternal()); 2615 2616 VariableArrayType *VAT = cast<VariableArrayType>(AT); 2617 return CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(getVariableArrayType(NewEltTy, 2618 VAT->getSizeExpr(), 2619 VAT->getSizeModifier(), 2620 VAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(), 2621 VAT->getBracketsRange())); 2622} 2623 2624QualType ASTContext::getUnqualifiedArrayType(QualType T, 2625 Qualifiers &Quals) { 2626 Quals = T.getQualifiers(); 2627 const ArrayType *AT = getAsArrayType(T); 2628 if (!AT) { 2629 return T.getUnqualifiedType(); 2630 } 2631 2632 QualType Elt = AT->getElementType(); 2633 QualType UnqualElt = getUnqualifiedArrayType(Elt, Quals); 2634 if (Elt == UnqualElt) 2635 return T; 2636 2637 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT)) { 2638 return getConstantArrayType(UnqualElt, CAT->getSize(), 2639 CAT->getSizeModifier(), 0); 2640 } 2641 2642 if (const IncompleteArrayType *IAT = dyn_cast<IncompleteArrayType>(AT)) { 2643 return getIncompleteArrayType(UnqualElt, IAT->getSizeModifier(), 0); 2644 } 2645 2646 if (const VariableArrayType *VAT = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(AT)) { 2647 return getVariableArrayType(UnqualElt, 2648 VAT->getSizeExpr(), 2649 VAT->getSizeModifier(), 2650 VAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(), 2651 VAT->getBracketsRange()); 2652 } 2653 2654 const DependentSizedArrayType *DSAT = cast<DependentSizedArrayType>(AT); 2655 return getDependentSizedArrayType(UnqualElt, DSAT->getSizeExpr(), 2656 DSAT->getSizeModifier(), 0, 2657 SourceRange()); 2658} 2659 2660/// UnwrapSimilarPointerTypes - If T1 and T2 are pointer types that 2661/// may be similar (C++ 4.4), replaces T1 and T2 with the type that 2662/// they point to and return true. If T1 and T2 aren't pointer types 2663/// or pointer-to-member types, or if they are not similar at this 2664/// level, returns false and leaves T1 and T2 unchanged. Top-level 2665/// qualifiers on T1 and T2 are ignored. This function will typically 2666/// be called in a loop that successively "unwraps" pointer and 2667/// pointer-to-member types to compare them at each level. 2668bool ASTContext::UnwrapSimilarPointerTypes(QualType &T1, QualType &T2) { 2669 const PointerType *T1PtrType = T1->getAs<PointerType>(), 2670 *T2PtrType = T2->getAs<PointerType>(); 2671 if (T1PtrType && T2PtrType) { 2672 T1 = T1PtrType->getPointeeType(); 2673 T2 = T2PtrType->getPointeeType(); 2674 return true; 2675 } 2676 2677 const MemberPointerType *T1MPType = T1->getAs<MemberPointerType>(), 2678 *T2MPType = T2->getAs<MemberPointerType>(); 2679 if (T1MPType && T2MPType && 2680 hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(T1MPType->getClass(), 0), 2681 QualType(T2MPType->getClass(), 0))) { 2682 T1 = T1MPType->getPointeeType(); 2683 T2 = T2MPType->getPointeeType(); 2684 return true; 2685 } 2686 2687 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1) { 2688 const ObjCObjectPointerType *T1OPType = T1->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(), 2689 *T2OPType = T2->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); 2690 if (T1OPType && T2OPType) { 2691 T1 = T1OPType->getPointeeType(); 2692 T2 = T2OPType->getPointeeType(); 2693 return true; 2694 } 2695 } 2696 2697 // FIXME: Block pointers, too? 2698 2699 return false; 2700} 2701 2702DeclarationNameInfo 2703ASTContext::getNameForTemplate(TemplateName Name, 2704 SourceLocation NameLoc) const { 2705 if (TemplateDecl *TD = Name.getAsTemplateDecl()) 2706 // DNInfo work in progress: CHECKME: what about DNLoc? 2707 return DeclarationNameInfo(TD->getDeclName(), NameLoc); 2708 2709 if (DependentTemplateName *DTN = Name.getAsDependentTemplateName()) { 2710 DeclarationName DName; 2711 if (DTN->isIdentifier()) { 2712 DName = DeclarationNames.getIdentifier(DTN->getIdentifier()); 2713 return DeclarationNameInfo(DName, NameLoc); 2714 } else { 2715 DName = DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(DTN->getOperator()); 2716 // DNInfo work in progress: FIXME: source locations? 2717 DeclarationNameLoc DNLoc; 2718 DNLoc.CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc = SourceLocation().getRawEncoding(); 2719 DNLoc.CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc = SourceLocation().getRawEncoding(); 2720 return DeclarationNameInfo(DName, NameLoc, DNLoc); 2721 } 2722 } 2723 2724 OverloadedTemplateStorage *Storage = Name.getAsOverloadedTemplate(); 2725 assert(Storage); 2726 // DNInfo work in progress: CHECKME: what about DNLoc? 2727 return DeclarationNameInfo((*Storage->begin())->getDeclName(), NameLoc); 2728} 2729 2730TemplateName ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateName(TemplateName Name) const { 2731 if (TemplateDecl *Template = Name.getAsTemplateDecl()) { 2732 if (TemplateTemplateParmDecl *TTP 2733 = dyn_cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(Template)) 2734 Template = getCanonicalTemplateTemplateParmDecl(TTP); 2735 2736 // The canonical template name is the canonical template declaration. 2737 return TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(Template->getCanonicalDecl())); 2738 } 2739 2740 assert(!Name.getAsOverloadedTemplate()); 2741 2742 DependentTemplateName *DTN = Name.getAsDependentTemplateName(); 2743 assert(DTN && "Non-dependent template names must refer to template decls."); 2744 return DTN->CanonicalTemplateName; 2745} 2746 2747bool ASTContext::hasSameTemplateName(TemplateName X, TemplateName Y) { 2748 X = getCanonicalTemplateName(X); 2749 Y = getCanonicalTemplateName(Y); 2750 return X.getAsVoidPointer() == Y.getAsVoidPointer(); 2751} 2752 2753TemplateArgument 2754ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg) const { 2755 switch (Arg.getKind()) { 2756 case TemplateArgument::Null: 2757 return Arg; 2758 2759 case TemplateArgument::Expression: 2760 return Arg; 2761 2762 case TemplateArgument::Declaration: 2763 return TemplateArgument(Arg.getAsDecl()->getCanonicalDecl()); 2764 2765 case TemplateArgument::Template: 2766 return TemplateArgument(getCanonicalTemplateName(Arg.getAsTemplate())); 2767 2768 case TemplateArgument::TemplateExpansion: 2769 return TemplateArgument(getCanonicalTemplateName( 2770 Arg.getAsTemplateOrTemplatePattern()), 2771 true); 2772 2773 case TemplateArgument::Integral: 2774 return TemplateArgument(*Arg.getAsIntegral(), 2775 getCanonicalType(Arg.getIntegralType())); 2776 2777 case TemplateArgument::Type: 2778 return TemplateArgument(getCanonicalType(Arg.getAsType())); 2779 2780 case TemplateArgument::Pack: { 2781 if (Arg.pack_size() == 0) 2782 return Arg; 2783 2784 TemplateArgument *CanonArgs 2785 = new (*this) TemplateArgument[Arg.pack_size()]; 2786 unsigned Idx = 0; 2787 for (TemplateArgument::pack_iterator A = Arg.pack_begin(), 2788 AEnd = Arg.pack_end(); 2789 A != AEnd; (void)++A, ++Idx) 2790 CanonArgs[Idx] = getCanonicalTemplateArgument(*A); 2791 2792 return TemplateArgument(CanonArgs, Arg.pack_size()); 2793 } 2794 } 2795 2796 // Silence GCC warning 2797 assert(false && "Unhandled template argument kind"); 2798 return TemplateArgument(); 2799} 2800 2801NestedNameSpecifier * 2802ASTContext::getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS) const { 2803 if (!NNS) 2804 return 0; 2805 2806 switch (NNS->getKind()) { 2807 case NestedNameSpecifier::Identifier: 2808 // Canonicalize the prefix but keep the identifier the same. 2809 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, 2810 getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS->getPrefix()), 2811 NNS->getAsIdentifier()); 2812 2813 case NestedNameSpecifier::Namespace: 2814 // A namespace is canonical; build a nested-name-specifier with 2815 // this namespace and no prefix. 2816 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, 0, NNS->getAsNamespace()); 2817 2818 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpec: 2819 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpecWithTemplate: { 2820 QualType T = getCanonicalType(QualType(NNS->getAsType(), 0)); 2821 2822 // If we have some kind of dependent-named type (e.g., "typename T::type"), 2823 // break it apart into its prefix and identifier, then reconsititute those 2824 // as the canonical nested-name-specifier. This is required to canonicalize 2825 // a dependent nested-name-specifier involving typedefs of dependent-name 2826 // types, e.g., 2827 // typedef typename T::type T1; 2828 // typedef typename T1::type T2; 2829 if (const DependentNameType *DNT = T->getAs<DependentNameType>()) { 2830 NestedNameSpecifier *Prefix 2831 = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(DNT->getQualifier()); 2832 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, Prefix, 2833 const_cast<IdentifierInfo *>(DNT->getIdentifier())); 2834 } 2835 2836 // Do the same thing as above, but with dependent-named specializations. 2837 if (const DependentTemplateSpecializationType *DTST 2838 = T->getAs<DependentTemplateSpecializationType>()) { 2839 NestedNameSpecifier *Prefix 2840 = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(DTST->getQualifier()); 2841 TemplateName Name 2842 = getDependentTemplateName(Prefix, DTST->getIdentifier()); 2843 T = getTemplateSpecializationType(Name, 2844 DTST->getArgs(), DTST->getNumArgs()); 2845 T = getCanonicalType(T); 2846 } 2847 2848 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, 0, false, T.getTypePtr()); 2849 } 2850 2851 case NestedNameSpecifier::Global: 2852 // The global specifier is canonical and unique. 2853 return NNS; 2854 } 2855 2856 // Required to silence a GCC warning 2857 return 0; 2858} 2859 2860 2861const ArrayType *ASTContext::getAsArrayType(QualType T) const { 2862 // Handle the non-qualified case efficiently. 2863 if (!T.hasLocalQualifiers()) { 2864 // Handle the common positive case fast. 2865 if (const ArrayType *AT = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(T)) 2866 return AT; 2867 } 2868 2869 // Handle the common negative case fast. 2870 QualType CType = T->getCanonicalTypeInternal(); 2871 if (!isa<ArrayType>(CType)) 2872 return 0; 2873 2874 // Apply any qualifiers from the array type to the element type. This 2875 // implements C99 6.7.3p8: "If the specification of an array type includes 2876 // any type qualifiers, the element type is so qualified, not the array type." 2877 2878 // If we get here, we either have type qualifiers on the type, or we have 2879 // sugar such as a typedef in the way. If we have type qualifiers on the type 2880 // we must propagate them down into the element type. 2881 2882 QualifierCollector Qs; 2883 const Type *Ty = Qs.strip(T.getDesugaredType(*this)); 2884 2885 // If we have a simple case, just return now. 2886 const ArrayType *ATy = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(Ty); 2887 if (ATy == 0 || Qs.empty()) 2888 return ATy; 2889 2890 // Otherwise, we have an array and we have qualifiers on it. Push the 2891 // qualifiers into the array element type and return a new array type. 2892 // Get the canonical version of the element with the extra qualifiers on it. 2893 // This can recursively sink qualifiers through multiple levels of arrays. 2894 QualType NewEltTy = getQualifiedType(ATy->getElementType(), Qs); 2895 2896 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(ATy)) 2897 return cast<ArrayType>(getConstantArrayType(NewEltTy, CAT->getSize(), 2898 CAT->getSizeModifier(), 2899 CAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers())); 2900 if (const IncompleteArrayType *IAT = dyn_cast<IncompleteArrayType>(ATy)) 2901 return cast<ArrayType>(getIncompleteArrayType(NewEltTy, 2902 IAT->getSizeModifier(), 2903 IAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers())); 2904 2905 if (const DependentSizedArrayType *DSAT 2906 = dyn_cast<DependentSizedArrayType>(ATy)) 2907 return cast<ArrayType>( 2908 getDependentSizedArrayType(NewEltTy, 2909 DSAT->getSizeExpr(), 2910 DSAT->getSizeModifier(), 2911 DSAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(), 2912 DSAT->getBracketsRange())); 2913 2914 const VariableArrayType *VAT = cast<VariableArrayType>(ATy); 2915 return cast<ArrayType>(getVariableArrayType(NewEltTy, 2916 VAT->getSizeExpr(), 2917 VAT->getSizeModifier(), 2918 VAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(), 2919 VAT->getBracketsRange())); 2920} 2921 2922/// getArrayDecayedType - Return the properly qualified result of decaying the 2923/// specified array type to a pointer. This operation is non-trivial when 2924/// handling typedefs etc. The canonical type of "T" must be an array type, 2925/// this returns a pointer to a properly qualified element of the array. 2926/// 2927/// See C99 6.7.5.3p7 and C99 6.3.2.1p3. 2928QualType ASTContext::getArrayDecayedType(QualType Ty) const { 2929 // Get the element type with 'getAsArrayType' so that we don't lose any 2930 // typedefs in the element type of the array. This also handles propagation 2931 // of type qualifiers from the array type into the element type if present 2932 // (C99 6.7.3p8). 2933 const ArrayType *PrettyArrayType = getAsArrayType(Ty); 2934 assert(PrettyArrayType && "Not an array type!"); 2935 2936 QualType PtrTy = getPointerType(PrettyArrayType->getElementType()); 2937 2938 // int x[restrict 4] -> int *restrict 2939 return getQualifiedType(PtrTy, PrettyArrayType->getIndexTypeQualifiers()); 2940} 2941 2942QualType ASTContext::getBaseElementType(QualType QT) const { 2943 QualifierCollector Qs; 2944 while (const ArrayType *AT = getAsArrayType(QualType(Qs.strip(QT), 0))) 2945 QT = AT->getElementType(); 2946 return Qs.apply(*this, QT); 2947} 2948 2949QualType ASTContext::getBaseElementType(const ArrayType *AT) const { 2950 QualType ElemTy = AT->getElementType(); 2951 2952 if (const ArrayType *AT = getAsArrayType(ElemTy)) 2953 return getBaseElementType(AT); 2954 2955 return ElemTy; 2956} 2957 2958/// getConstantArrayElementCount - Returns number of constant array elements. 2959uint64_t 2960ASTContext::getConstantArrayElementCount(const ConstantArrayType *CA) const { 2961 uint64_t ElementCount = 1; 2962 do { 2963 ElementCount *= CA->getSize().getZExtValue(); 2964 CA = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(CA->getElementType()); 2965 } while (CA); 2966 return ElementCount; 2967} 2968 2969/// getFloatingRank - Return a relative rank for floating point types. 2970/// This routine will assert if passed a built-in type that isn't a float. 2971static FloatingRank getFloatingRank(QualType T) { 2972 if (const ComplexType *CT = T->getAs<ComplexType>()) 2973 return getFloatingRank(CT->getElementType()); 2974 2975 assert(T->getAs<BuiltinType>() && "getFloatingRank(): not a floating type"); 2976 switch (T->getAs<BuiltinType>()->getKind()) { 2977 default: assert(0 && "getFloatingRank(): not a floating type"); 2978 case BuiltinType::Float: return FloatRank; 2979 case BuiltinType::Double: return DoubleRank; 2980 case BuiltinType::LongDouble: return LongDoubleRank; 2981 } 2982} 2983 2984/// getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain - Returns a real floating 2985/// point or a complex type (based on typeDomain/typeSize). 2986/// 'typeDomain' is a real floating point or complex type. 2987/// 'typeSize' is a real floating point or complex type. 2988QualType ASTContext::getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain(QualType Size, 2989 QualType Domain) const { 2990 FloatingRank EltRank = getFloatingRank(Size); 2991 if (Domain->isComplexType()) { 2992 switch (EltRank) { 2993 default: assert(0 && "getFloatingRank(): illegal value for rank"); 2994 case FloatRank: return FloatComplexTy; 2995 case DoubleRank: return DoubleComplexTy; 2996 case LongDoubleRank: return LongDoubleComplexTy; 2997 } 2998 } 2999 3000 assert(Domain->isRealFloatingType() && "Unknown domain!"); 3001 switch (EltRank) { 3002 default: assert(0 && "getFloatingRank(): illegal value for rank"); 3003 case FloatRank: return FloatTy; 3004 case DoubleRank: return DoubleTy; 3005 case LongDoubleRank: return LongDoubleTy; 3006 } 3007} 3008 3009/// getFloatingTypeOrder - Compare the rank of the two specified floating 3010/// point types, ignoring the domain of the type (i.e. 'double' == 3011/// '_Complex double'). If LHS > RHS, return 1. If LHS == RHS, return 0. If 3012/// LHS < RHS, return -1. 3013int ASTContext::getFloatingTypeOrder(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) const { 3014 FloatingRank LHSR = getFloatingRank(LHS); 3015 FloatingRank RHSR = getFloatingRank(RHS); 3016 3017 if (LHSR == RHSR) 3018 return 0; 3019 if (LHSR > RHSR) 3020 return 1; 3021 return -1; 3022} 3023 3024/// getIntegerRank - Return an integer conversion rank (C99 6.3.1.1p1). This 3025/// routine will assert if passed a built-in type that isn't an integer or enum, 3026/// or if it is not canonicalized. 3027unsigned ASTContext::getIntegerRank(Type *T) const { 3028 assert(T->isCanonicalUnqualified() && "T should be canonicalized"); 3029 if (EnumType* ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(T)) 3030 T = ET->getDecl()->getPromotionType().getTypePtr(); 3031 3032 if (T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::WChar_S) || 3033 T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::WChar_U)) 3034 T = getFromTargetType(Target.getWCharType()).getTypePtr(); 3035 3036 if (T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char16)) 3037 T = getFromTargetType(Target.getChar16Type()).getTypePtr(); 3038 3039 if (T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char32)) 3040 T = getFromTargetType(Target.getChar32Type()).getTypePtr(); 3041 3042 switch (cast<BuiltinType>(T)->getKind()) { 3043 default: assert(0 && "getIntegerRank(): not a built-in integer"); 3044 case BuiltinType::Bool: 3045 return 1 + (getIntWidth(BoolTy) << 3); 3046 case BuiltinType::Char_S: 3047 case BuiltinType::Char_U: 3048 case BuiltinType::SChar: 3049 case BuiltinType::UChar: 3050 return 2 + (getIntWidth(CharTy) << 3); 3051 case BuiltinType::Short: 3052 case BuiltinType::UShort: 3053 return 3 + (getIntWidth(ShortTy) << 3); 3054 case BuiltinType::Int: 3055 case BuiltinType::UInt: 3056 return 4 + (getIntWidth(IntTy) << 3); 3057 case BuiltinType::Long: 3058 case BuiltinType::ULong: 3059 return 5 + (getIntWidth(LongTy) << 3); 3060 case BuiltinType::LongLong: 3061 case BuiltinType::ULongLong: 3062 return 6 + (getIntWidth(LongLongTy) << 3); 3063 case BuiltinType::Int128: 3064 case BuiltinType::UInt128: 3065 return 7 + (getIntWidth(Int128Ty) << 3); 3066 } 3067} 3068 3069/// \brief Whether this is a promotable bitfield reference according 3070/// to C99 6.3.1.1p2, bullet 2 (and GCC extensions). 3071/// 3072/// \returns the type this bit-field will promote to, or NULL if no 3073/// promotion occurs. 3074QualType ASTContext::isPromotableBitField(Expr *E) const { 3075 if (E->isTypeDependent() || E->isValueDependent()) 3076 return QualType(); 3077 3078 FieldDecl *Field = E->getBitField(); 3079 if (!Field) 3080 return QualType(); 3081 3082 QualType FT = Field->getType(); 3083 3084 llvm::APSInt BitWidthAP = Field->getBitWidth()->EvaluateAsInt(*this); 3085 uint64_t BitWidth = BitWidthAP.getZExtValue(); 3086 uint64_t IntSize = getTypeSize(IntTy); 3087 // GCC extension compatibility: if the bit-field size is less than or equal 3088 // to the size of int, it gets promoted no matter what its type is. 3089 // For instance, unsigned long bf : 4 gets promoted to signed int. 3090 if (BitWidth < IntSize) 3091 return IntTy; 3092 3093 if (BitWidth == IntSize) 3094 return FT->isSignedIntegerType() ? IntTy : UnsignedIntTy; 3095 3096 // Types bigger than int are not subject to promotions, and therefore act 3097 // like the base type. 3098 // FIXME: This doesn't quite match what gcc does, but what gcc does here 3099 // is ridiculous. 3100 return QualType(); 3101} 3102 3103/// getPromotedIntegerType - Returns the type that Promotable will 3104/// promote to: C99 6.3.1.1p2, assuming that Promotable is a promotable 3105/// integer type. 3106QualType ASTContext::getPromotedIntegerType(QualType Promotable) const { 3107 assert(!Promotable.isNull()); 3108 assert(Promotable->isPromotableIntegerType()); 3109 if (const EnumType *ET = Promotable->getAs<EnumType>()) 3110 return ET->getDecl()->getPromotionType(); 3111 if (Promotable->isSignedIntegerType()) 3112 return IntTy; 3113 uint64_t PromotableSize = getTypeSize(Promotable); 3114 uint64_t IntSize = getTypeSize(IntTy); 3115 assert(Promotable->isUnsignedIntegerType() && PromotableSize <= IntSize); 3116 return (PromotableSize != IntSize) ? IntTy : UnsignedIntTy; 3117} 3118 3119/// getIntegerTypeOrder - Returns the highest ranked integer type: 3120/// C99 6.3.1.8p1. If LHS > RHS, return 1. If LHS == RHS, return 0. If 3121/// LHS < RHS, return -1. 3122int ASTContext::getIntegerTypeOrder(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) const { 3123 Type *LHSC = getCanonicalType(LHS).getTypePtr(); 3124 Type *RHSC = getCanonicalType(RHS).getTypePtr(); 3125 if (LHSC == RHSC) return 0; 3126 3127 bool LHSUnsigned = LHSC->isUnsignedIntegerType(); 3128 bool RHSUnsigned = RHSC->isUnsignedIntegerType(); 3129 3130 unsigned LHSRank = getIntegerRank(LHSC); 3131 unsigned RHSRank = getIntegerRank(RHSC); 3132 3133 if (LHSUnsigned == RHSUnsigned) { // Both signed or both unsigned. 3134 if (LHSRank == RHSRank) return 0; 3135 return LHSRank > RHSRank ? 1 : -1; 3136 } 3137 3138 // Otherwise, the LHS is signed and the RHS is unsigned or visa versa. 3139 if (LHSUnsigned) { 3140 // If the unsigned [LHS] type is larger, return it. 3141 if (LHSRank >= RHSRank) 3142 return 1; 3143 3144 // If the signed type can represent all values of the unsigned type, it 3145 // wins. Because we are dealing with 2's complement and types that are 3146 // powers of two larger than each other, this is always safe. 3147 return -1; 3148 } 3149 3150 // If the unsigned [RHS] type is larger, return it. 3151 if (RHSRank >= LHSRank) 3152 return -1; 3153 3154 // If the signed type can represent all values of the unsigned type, it 3155 // wins. Because we are dealing with 2's complement and types that are 3156 // powers of two larger than each other, this is always safe. 3157 return 1; 3158} 3159 3160static RecordDecl * 3161CreateRecordDecl(const ASTContext &Ctx, RecordDecl::TagKind TK, DeclContext *DC, 3162 SourceLocation L, IdentifierInfo *Id) { 3163 if (Ctx.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 3164 return CXXRecordDecl::Create(Ctx, TK, DC, L, Id); 3165 else 3166 return RecordDecl::Create(Ctx, TK, DC, L, Id); 3167} 3168 3169// getCFConstantStringType - Return the type used for constant CFStrings. 3170QualType ASTContext::getCFConstantStringType() const { 3171 if (!CFConstantStringTypeDecl) { 3172 CFConstantStringTypeDecl = 3173 CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl, SourceLocation(), 3174 &Idents.get("NSConstantString")); 3175 CFConstantStringTypeDecl->startDefinition(); 3176 3177 QualType FieldTypes[4]; 3178 3179 // const int *isa; 3180 FieldTypes[0] = getPointerType(IntTy.withConst()); 3181 // int flags; 3182 FieldTypes[1] = IntTy; 3183 // const char *str; 3184 FieldTypes[2] = getPointerType(CharTy.withConst()); 3185 // long length; 3186 FieldTypes[3] = LongTy; 3187 3188 // Create fields 3189 for (unsigned i = 0; i < 4; ++i) { 3190 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, CFConstantStringTypeDecl, 3191 SourceLocation(), 0, 3192 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0, 3193 /*BitWidth=*/0, 3194 /*Mutable=*/false); 3195 Field->setAccess(AS_public); 3196 CFConstantStringTypeDecl->addDecl(Field); 3197 } 3198 3199 CFConstantStringTypeDecl->completeDefinition(); 3200 } 3201 3202 return getTagDeclType(CFConstantStringTypeDecl); 3203} 3204 3205void ASTContext::setCFConstantStringType(QualType T) { 3206 const RecordType *Rec = T->getAs<RecordType>(); 3207 assert(Rec && "Invalid CFConstantStringType"); 3208 CFConstantStringTypeDecl = Rec->getDecl(); 3209} 3210 3211// getNSConstantStringType - Return the type used for constant NSStrings. 3212QualType ASTContext::getNSConstantStringType() const { 3213 if (!NSConstantStringTypeDecl) { 3214 NSConstantStringTypeDecl = 3215 CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl, SourceLocation(), 3216 &Idents.get("__builtin_NSString")); 3217 NSConstantStringTypeDecl->startDefinition(); 3218 3219 QualType FieldTypes[3]; 3220 3221 // const int *isa; 3222 FieldTypes[0] = getPointerType(IntTy.withConst()); 3223 // const char *str; 3224 FieldTypes[1] = getPointerType(CharTy.withConst()); 3225 // unsigned int length; 3226 FieldTypes[2] = UnsignedIntTy; 3227 3228 // Create fields 3229 for (unsigned i = 0; i < 3; ++i) { 3230 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, NSConstantStringTypeDecl, 3231 SourceLocation(), 0, 3232 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0, 3233 /*BitWidth=*/0, 3234 /*Mutable=*/false); 3235 Field->setAccess(AS_public); 3236 NSConstantStringTypeDecl->addDecl(Field); 3237 } 3238 3239 NSConstantStringTypeDecl->completeDefinition(); 3240 } 3241 3242 return getTagDeclType(NSConstantStringTypeDecl); 3243} 3244 3245void ASTContext::setNSConstantStringType(QualType T) { 3246 const RecordType *Rec = T->getAs<RecordType>(); 3247 assert(Rec && "Invalid NSConstantStringType"); 3248 NSConstantStringTypeDecl = Rec->getDecl(); 3249} 3250 3251QualType ASTContext::getObjCFastEnumerationStateType() const { 3252 if (!ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl) { 3253 ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl = 3254 CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl, SourceLocation(), 3255 &Idents.get("__objcFastEnumerationState")); 3256 ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl->startDefinition(); 3257 3258 QualType FieldTypes[] = { 3259 UnsignedLongTy, 3260 getPointerType(ObjCIdTypedefType), 3261 getPointerType(UnsignedLongTy), 3262 getConstantArrayType(UnsignedLongTy, 3263 llvm::APInt(32, 5), ArrayType::Normal, 0) 3264 }; 3265 3266 for (size_t i = 0; i < 4; ++i) { 3267 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, 3268 ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl, 3269 SourceLocation(), 0, 3270 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0, 3271 /*BitWidth=*/0, 3272 /*Mutable=*/false); 3273 Field->setAccess(AS_public); 3274 ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl->addDecl(Field); 3275 } 3276 3277 ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl->completeDefinition(); 3278 } 3279 3280 return getTagDeclType(ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl); 3281} 3282 3283QualType ASTContext::getBlockDescriptorType() const { 3284 if (BlockDescriptorType) 3285 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorType); 3286 3287 RecordDecl *T; 3288 // FIXME: Needs the FlagAppleBlock bit. 3289 T = CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl, SourceLocation(), 3290 &Idents.get("__block_descriptor")); 3291 T->startDefinition(); 3292 3293 QualType FieldTypes[] = { 3294 UnsignedLongTy, 3295 UnsignedLongTy, 3296 }; 3297 3298 const char *FieldNames[] = { 3299 "reserved", 3300 "Size" 3301 }; 3302 3303 for (size_t i = 0; i < 2; ++i) { 3304 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, 3305 T, 3306 SourceLocation(), 3307 &Idents.get(FieldNames[i]), 3308 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0, 3309 /*BitWidth=*/0, 3310 /*Mutable=*/false); 3311 Field->setAccess(AS_public); 3312 T->addDecl(Field); 3313 } 3314 3315 T->completeDefinition(); 3316 3317 BlockDescriptorType = T; 3318 3319 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorType); 3320} 3321 3322void ASTContext::setBlockDescriptorType(QualType T) { 3323 const RecordType *Rec = T->getAs<RecordType>(); 3324 assert(Rec && "Invalid BlockDescriptorType"); 3325 BlockDescriptorType = Rec->getDecl(); 3326} 3327 3328QualType ASTContext::getBlockDescriptorExtendedType() const { 3329 if (BlockDescriptorExtendedType) 3330 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorExtendedType); 3331 3332 RecordDecl *T; 3333 // FIXME: Needs the FlagAppleBlock bit. 3334 T = CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl, SourceLocation(), 3335 &Idents.get("__block_descriptor_withcopydispose")); 3336 T->startDefinition(); 3337 3338 QualType FieldTypes[] = { 3339 UnsignedLongTy, 3340 UnsignedLongTy, 3341 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy), 3342 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy) 3343 }; 3344 3345 const char *FieldNames[] = { 3346 "reserved", 3347 "Size", 3348 "CopyFuncPtr", 3349 "DestroyFuncPtr" 3350 }; 3351 3352 for (size_t i = 0; i < 4; ++i) { 3353 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, 3354 T, 3355 SourceLocation(), 3356 &Idents.get(FieldNames[i]), 3357 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0, 3358 /*BitWidth=*/0, 3359 /*Mutable=*/false); 3360 Field->setAccess(AS_public); 3361 T->addDecl(Field); 3362 } 3363 3364 T->completeDefinition(); 3365 3366 BlockDescriptorExtendedType = T; 3367 3368 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorExtendedType); 3369} 3370 3371void ASTContext::setBlockDescriptorExtendedType(QualType T) { 3372 const RecordType *Rec = T->getAs<RecordType>(); 3373 assert(Rec && "Invalid BlockDescriptorType"); 3374 BlockDescriptorExtendedType = Rec->getDecl(); 3375} 3376 3377bool ASTContext::BlockRequiresCopying(QualType Ty) const { 3378 if (Ty->isBlockPointerType()) 3379 return true; 3380 if (isObjCNSObjectType(Ty)) 3381 return true; 3382 if (Ty->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 3383 return true; 3384 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 3385 if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>()) { 3386 CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 3387 return RD->hasConstCopyConstructor(*this); 3388 3389 } 3390 } 3391 return false; 3392} 3393 3394QualType 3395ASTContext::BuildByRefType(llvm::StringRef DeclName, QualType Ty) const { 3396 // type = struct __Block_byref_1_X { 3397 // void *__isa; 3398 // struct __Block_byref_1_X *__forwarding; 3399 // unsigned int __flags; 3400 // unsigned int __size; 3401 // void *__copy_helper; // as needed 3402 // void *__destroy_help // as needed 3403 // int X; 3404 // } * 3405 3406 bool HasCopyAndDispose = BlockRequiresCopying(Ty); 3407 3408 // FIXME: Move up 3409 llvm::SmallString<36> Name; 3410 llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Name) << "__Block_byref_" << 3411 ++UniqueBlockByRefTypeID << '_' << DeclName; 3412 RecordDecl *T; 3413 T = CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl, SourceLocation(), 3414 &Idents.get(Name.str())); 3415 T->startDefinition(); 3416 QualType Int32Ty = IntTy; 3417 assert(getIntWidth(IntTy) == 32 && "non-32bit int not supported"); 3418 QualType FieldTypes[] = { 3419 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy), 3420 getPointerType(getTagDeclType(T)), 3421 Int32Ty, 3422 Int32Ty, 3423 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy), 3424 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy), 3425 Ty 3426 }; 3427 3428 llvm::StringRef FieldNames[] = { 3429 "__isa", 3430 "__forwarding", 3431 "__flags", 3432 "__size", 3433 "__copy_helper", 3434 "__destroy_helper", 3435 DeclName, 3436 }; 3437 3438 for (size_t i = 0; i < 7; ++i) { 3439 if (!HasCopyAndDispose && i >=4 && i <= 5) 3440 continue; 3441 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, T, SourceLocation(), 3442 &Idents.get(FieldNames[i]), 3443 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0, 3444 /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false); 3445 Field->setAccess(AS_public); 3446 T->addDecl(Field); 3447 } 3448 3449 T->completeDefinition(); 3450 3451 return getPointerType(getTagDeclType(T)); 3452} 3453 3454 3455QualType ASTContext::getBlockParmType( 3456 bool BlockHasCopyDispose, 3457 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<const Expr *> &Layout) const { 3458 3459 // FIXME: Move up 3460 llvm::SmallString<36> Name; 3461 llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Name) << "__block_literal_" 3462 << ++UniqueBlockParmTypeID; 3463 RecordDecl *T; 3464 T = CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl, SourceLocation(), 3465 &Idents.get(Name.str())); 3466 T->startDefinition(); 3467 QualType FieldTypes[] = { 3468 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy), 3469 IntTy, 3470 IntTy, 3471 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy), 3472 (BlockHasCopyDispose ? 3473 getPointerType(getBlockDescriptorExtendedType()) : 3474 getPointerType(getBlockDescriptorType())) 3475 }; 3476 3477 const char *FieldNames[] = { 3478 "__isa", 3479 "__flags", 3480 "__reserved", 3481 "__FuncPtr", 3482 "__descriptor" 3483 }; 3484 3485 for (size_t i = 0; i < 5; ++i) { 3486 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, T, SourceLocation(), 3487 &Idents.get(FieldNames[i]), 3488 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0, 3489 /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false); 3490 Field->setAccess(AS_public); 3491 T->addDecl(Field); 3492 } 3493 3494 for (unsigned i = 0; i < Layout.size(); ++i) { 3495 const Expr *E = Layout[i]; 3496 3497 QualType FieldType = E->getType(); 3498 IdentifierInfo *FieldName = 0; 3499 if (isa<CXXThisExpr>(E)) { 3500 FieldName = &Idents.get("this"); 3501 } else if (const BlockDeclRefExpr *BDRE = dyn_cast<BlockDeclRefExpr>(E)) { 3502 const ValueDecl *D = BDRE->getDecl(); 3503 FieldName = D->getIdentifier(); 3504 if (BDRE->isByRef()) 3505 FieldType = BuildByRefType(D->getName(), FieldType); 3506 } else { 3507 // Padding. 3508 assert(isa<ConstantArrayType>(FieldType) && 3509 isa<DeclRefExpr>(E) && 3510 !cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)->getDecl()->getDeclName() && 3511 "doesn't match characteristics of padding decl"); 3512 } 3513 3514 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, T, SourceLocation(), 3515 FieldName, FieldType, /*TInfo=*/0, 3516 /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false); 3517 Field->setAccess(AS_public); 3518 T->addDecl(Field); 3519 } 3520 3521 T->completeDefinition(); 3522 3523 return getPointerType(getTagDeclType(T)); 3524} 3525 3526void ASTContext::setObjCFastEnumerationStateType(QualType T) { 3527 const RecordType *Rec = T->getAs<RecordType>(); 3528 assert(Rec && "Invalid ObjCFAstEnumerationStateType"); 3529 ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl = Rec->getDecl(); 3530} 3531 3532// This returns true if a type has been typedefed to BOOL: 3533// typedef <type> BOOL; 3534static bool isTypeTypedefedAsBOOL(QualType T) { 3535 if (const TypedefType *TT = dyn_cast<TypedefType>(T)) 3536 if (IdentifierInfo *II = TT->getDecl()->getIdentifier()) 3537 return II->isStr("BOOL"); 3538 3539 return false; 3540} 3541 3542/// getObjCEncodingTypeSize returns size of type for objective-c encoding 3543/// purpose. 3544CharUnits ASTContext::getObjCEncodingTypeSize(QualType type) const { 3545 CharUnits sz = getTypeSizeInChars(type); 3546 3547 // Make all integer and enum types at least as large as an int 3548 if (sz.isPositive() && type->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) 3549 sz = std::max(sz, getTypeSizeInChars(IntTy)); 3550 // Treat arrays as pointers, since that's how they're passed in. 3551 else if (type->isArrayType()) 3552 sz = getTypeSizeInChars(VoidPtrTy); 3553 return sz; 3554} 3555 3556static inline 3557std::string charUnitsToString(const CharUnits &CU) { 3558 return llvm::itostr(CU.getQuantity()); 3559} 3560 3561/// getObjCEncodingForBlockDecl - Return the encoded type for this block 3562/// declaration. 3563void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForBlock(const BlockExpr *Expr, 3564 std::string& S) const { 3565 const BlockDecl *Decl = Expr->getBlockDecl(); 3566 QualType BlockTy = 3567 Expr->getType()->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 3568 // Encode result type. 3569 getObjCEncodingForType(BlockTy->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType(), S); 3570 // Compute size of all parameters. 3571 // Start with computing size of a pointer in number of bytes. 3572 // FIXME: There might(should) be a better way of doing this computation! 3573 SourceLocation Loc; 3574 CharUnits PtrSize = getTypeSizeInChars(VoidPtrTy); 3575 CharUnits ParmOffset = PtrSize; 3576 for (BlockDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(), 3577 E = Decl->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) { 3578 QualType PType = (*PI)->getType(); 3579 CharUnits sz = getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType); 3580 assert (sz.isPositive() && "BlockExpr - Incomplete param type"); 3581 ParmOffset += sz; 3582 } 3583 // Size of the argument frame 3584 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset); 3585 // Block pointer and offset. 3586 S += "@?0"; 3587 ParmOffset = PtrSize; 3588 3589 // Argument types. 3590 ParmOffset = PtrSize; 3591 for (BlockDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(), E = 3592 Decl->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) { 3593 ParmVarDecl *PVDecl = *PI; 3594 QualType PType = PVDecl->getOriginalType(); 3595 if (const ArrayType *AT = 3596 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(PType->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) { 3597 // Use array's original type only if it has known number of 3598 // elements. 3599 if (!isa<ConstantArrayType>(AT)) 3600 PType = PVDecl->getType(); 3601 } else if (PType->isFunctionType()) 3602 PType = PVDecl->getType(); 3603 getObjCEncodingForType(PType, S); 3604 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset); 3605 ParmOffset += getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType); 3606 } 3607} 3608 3609void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForFunctionDecl(const FunctionDecl *Decl, 3610 std::string& S) { 3611 // Encode result type. 3612 getObjCEncodingForType(Decl->getResultType(), S); 3613 CharUnits ParmOffset; 3614 // Compute size of all parameters. 3615 for (FunctionDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(), 3616 E = Decl->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) { 3617 QualType PType = (*PI)->getType(); 3618 CharUnits sz = getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType); 3619 assert (sz.isPositive() && 3620 "getObjCEncodingForMethodDecl - Incomplete param type"); 3621 ParmOffset += sz; 3622 } 3623 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset); 3624 ParmOffset = CharUnits::Zero(); 3625 3626 // Argument types. 3627 for (FunctionDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(), 3628 E = Decl->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) { 3629 ParmVarDecl *PVDecl = *PI; 3630 QualType PType = PVDecl->getOriginalType(); 3631 if (const ArrayType *AT = 3632 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(PType->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) { 3633 // Use array's original type only if it has known number of 3634 // elements. 3635 if (!isa<ConstantArrayType>(AT)) 3636 PType = PVDecl->getType(); 3637 } else if (PType->isFunctionType()) 3638 PType = PVDecl->getType(); 3639 getObjCEncodingForType(PType, S); 3640 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset); 3641 ParmOffset += getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType); 3642 } 3643} 3644 3645/// getObjCEncodingForMethodDecl - Return the encoded type for this method 3646/// declaration. 3647void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForMethodDecl(const ObjCMethodDecl *Decl, 3648 std::string& S) const { 3649 // FIXME: This is not very efficient. 3650 // Encode type qualifer, 'in', 'inout', etc. for the return type. 3651 getObjCEncodingForTypeQualifier(Decl->getObjCDeclQualifier(), S); 3652 // Encode result type. 3653 getObjCEncodingForType(Decl->getResultType(), S); 3654 // Compute size of all parameters. 3655 // Start with computing size of a pointer in number of bytes. 3656 // FIXME: There might(should) be a better way of doing this computation! 3657 SourceLocation Loc; 3658 CharUnits PtrSize = getTypeSizeInChars(VoidPtrTy); 3659 // The first two arguments (self and _cmd) are pointers; account for 3660 // their size. 3661 CharUnits ParmOffset = 2 * PtrSize; 3662 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(), 3663 E = Decl->sel_param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) { 3664 QualType PType = (*PI)->getType(); 3665 CharUnits sz = getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType); 3666 assert (sz.isPositive() && 3667 "getObjCEncodingForMethodDecl - Incomplete param type"); 3668 ParmOffset += sz; 3669 } 3670 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset); 3671 S += "@0:"; 3672 S += charUnitsToString(PtrSize); 3673 3674 // Argument types. 3675 ParmOffset = 2 * PtrSize; 3676 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(), 3677 E = Decl->sel_param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) { 3678 ParmVarDecl *PVDecl = *PI; 3679 QualType PType = PVDecl->getOriginalType(); 3680 if (const ArrayType *AT = 3681 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(PType->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) { 3682 // Use array's original type only if it has known number of 3683 // elements. 3684 if (!isa<ConstantArrayType>(AT)) 3685 PType = PVDecl->getType(); 3686 } else if (PType->isFunctionType()) 3687 PType = PVDecl->getType(); 3688 // Process argument qualifiers for user supplied arguments; such as, 3689 // 'in', 'inout', etc. 3690 getObjCEncodingForTypeQualifier(PVDecl->getObjCDeclQualifier(), S); 3691 getObjCEncodingForType(PType, S); 3692 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset); 3693 ParmOffset += getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType); 3694 } 3695} 3696 3697/// getObjCEncodingForPropertyDecl - Return the encoded type for this 3698/// property declaration. If non-NULL, Container must be either an 3699/// ObjCCategoryImplDecl or ObjCImplementationDecl; it should only be 3700/// NULL when getting encodings for protocol properties. 3701/// Property attributes are stored as a comma-delimited C string. The simple 3702/// attributes readonly and bycopy are encoded as single characters. The 3703/// parametrized attributes, getter=name, setter=name, and ivar=name, are 3704/// encoded as single characters, followed by an identifier. Property types 3705/// are also encoded as a parametrized attribute. The characters used to encode 3706/// these attributes are defined by the following enumeration: 3707/// @code 3708/// enum PropertyAttributes { 3709/// kPropertyReadOnly = 'R', // property is read-only. 3710/// kPropertyBycopy = 'C', // property is a copy of the value last assigned 3711/// kPropertyByref = '&', // property is a reference to the value last assigned 3712/// kPropertyDynamic = 'D', // property is dynamic 3713/// kPropertyGetter = 'G', // followed by getter selector name 3714/// kPropertySetter = 'S', // followed by setter selector name 3715/// kPropertyInstanceVariable = 'V' // followed by instance variable name 3716/// kPropertyType = 't' // followed by old-style type encoding. 3717/// kPropertyWeak = 'W' // 'weak' property 3718/// kPropertyStrong = 'P' // property GC'able 3719/// kPropertyNonAtomic = 'N' // property non-atomic 3720/// }; 3721/// @endcode 3722void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForPropertyDecl(const ObjCPropertyDecl *PD, 3723 const Decl *Container, 3724 std::string& S) const { 3725 // Collect information from the property implementation decl(s). 3726 bool Dynamic = false; 3727 ObjCPropertyImplDecl *SynthesizePID = 0; 3728 3729 // FIXME: Duplicated code due to poor abstraction. 3730 if (Container) { 3731 if (const ObjCCategoryImplDecl *CID = 3732 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(Container)) { 3733 for (ObjCCategoryImplDecl::propimpl_iterator 3734 i = CID->propimpl_begin(), e = CID->propimpl_end(); 3735 i != e; ++i) { 3736 ObjCPropertyImplDecl *PID = *i; 3737 if (PID->getPropertyDecl() == PD) { 3738 if (PID->getPropertyImplementation()==ObjCPropertyImplDecl::Dynamic) { 3739 Dynamic = true; 3740 } else { 3741 SynthesizePID = PID; 3742 } 3743 } 3744 } 3745 } else { 3746 const ObjCImplementationDecl *OID=cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(Container); 3747 for (ObjCCategoryImplDecl::propimpl_iterator 3748 i = OID->propimpl_begin(), e = OID->propimpl_end(); 3749 i != e; ++i) { 3750 ObjCPropertyImplDecl *PID = *i; 3751 if (PID->getPropertyDecl() == PD) { 3752 if (PID->getPropertyImplementation()==ObjCPropertyImplDecl::Dynamic) { 3753 Dynamic = true; 3754 } else { 3755 SynthesizePID = PID; 3756 } 3757 } 3758 } 3759 } 3760 } 3761 3762 // FIXME: This is not very efficient. 3763 S = "T"; 3764 3765 // Encode result type. 3766 // GCC has some special rules regarding encoding of properties which 3767 // closely resembles encoding of ivars. 3768 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(PD->getType(), S, true, true, 0, 3769 true /* outermost type */, 3770 true /* encoding for property */); 3771 3772 if (PD->isReadOnly()) { 3773 S += ",R"; 3774 } else { 3775 switch (PD->getSetterKind()) { 3776 case ObjCPropertyDecl::Assign: break; 3777 case ObjCPropertyDecl::Copy: S += ",C"; break; 3778 case ObjCPropertyDecl::Retain: S += ",&"; break; 3779 } 3780 } 3781 3782 // It really isn't clear at all what this means, since properties 3783 // are "dynamic by default". 3784 if (Dynamic) 3785 S += ",D"; 3786 3787 if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_nonatomic) 3788 S += ",N"; 3789 3790 if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_getter) { 3791 S += ",G"; 3792 S += PD->getGetterName().getAsString(); 3793 } 3794 3795 if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_setter) { 3796 S += ",S"; 3797 S += PD->getSetterName().getAsString(); 3798 } 3799 3800 if (SynthesizePID) { 3801 const ObjCIvarDecl *OID = SynthesizePID->getPropertyIvarDecl(); 3802 S += ",V"; 3803 S += OID->getNameAsString(); 3804 } 3805 3806 // FIXME: OBJCGC: weak & strong 3807} 3808 3809/// getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding - 3810/// Another legacy compatibility encoding: 32-bit longs are encoded as 3811/// 'l' or 'L' , but not always. For typedefs, we need to use 3812/// 'i' or 'I' instead if encoding a struct field, or a pointer! 3813/// 3814void ASTContext::getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding (QualType &PointeeTy) const { 3815 if (isa<TypedefType>(PointeeTy.getTypePtr())) { 3816 if (const BuiltinType *BT = PointeeTy->getAs<BuiltinType>()) { 3817 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::ULong && getIntWidth(PointeeTy) == 32) 3818 PointeeTy = UnsignedIntTy; 3819 else 3820 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Long && getIntWidth(PointeeTy) == 32) 3821 PointeeTy = IntTy; 3822 } 3823 } 3824} 3825 3826void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForType(QualType T, std::string& S, 3827 const FieldDecl *Field) const { 3828 // We follow the behavior of gcc, expanding structures which are 3829 // directly pointed to, and expanding embedded structures. Note that 3830 // these rules are sufficient to prevent recursive encoding of the 3831 // same type. 3832 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(T, S, true, true, Field, 3833 true /* outermost type */); 3834} 3835 3836static char ObjCEncodingForPrimitiveKind(const ASTContext *C, QualType T) { 3837 switch (T->getAs<BuiltinType>()->getKind()) { 3838 default: assert(0 && "Unhandled builtin type kind"); 3839 case BuiltinType::Void: return 'v'; 3840 case BuiltinType::Bool: return 'B'; 3841 case BuiltinType::Char_U: 3842 case BuiltinType::UChar: return 'C'; 3843 case BuiltinType::UShort: return 'S'; 3844 case BuiltinType::UInt: return 'I'; 3845 case BuiltinType::ULong: 3846 return C->getIntWidth(T) == 32 ? 'L' : 'Q'; 3847 case BuiltinType::UInt128: return 'T'; 3848 case BuiltinType::ULongLong: return 'Q'; 3849 case BuiltinType::Char_S: 3850 case BuiltinType::SChar: return 'c'; 3851 case BuiltinType::Short: return 's'; 3852 case BuiltinType::WChar_S: 3853 case BuiltinType::WChar_U: 3854 case BuiltinType::Int: return 'i'; 3855 case BuiltinType::Long: 3856 return C->getIntWidth(T) == 32 ? 'l' : 'q'; 3857 case BuiltinType::LongLong: return 'q'; 3858 case BuiltinType::Int128: return 't'; 3859 case BuiltinType::Float: return 'f'; 3860 case BuiltinType::Double: return 'd'; 3861 case BuiltinType::LongDouble: return 'D'; 3862 } 3863} 3864 3865static void EncodeBitField(const ASTContext *Ctx, std::string& S, 3866 QualType T, const FieldDecl *FD) { 3867 const Expr *E = FD->getBitWidth(); 3868 assert(E && "bitfield width not there - getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl"); 3869 S += 'b'; 3870 // The NeXT runtime encodes bit fields as b followed by the number of bits. 3871 // The GNU runtime requires more information; bitfields are encoded as b, 3872 // then the offset (in bits) of the first element, then the type of the 3873 // bitfield, then the size in bits. For example, in this structure: 3874 // 3875 // struct 3876 // { 3877 // int integer; 3878 // int flags:2; 3879 // }; 3880 // On a 32-bit system, the encoding for flags would be b2 for the NeXT 3881 // runtime, but b32i2 for the GNU runtime. The reason for this extra 3882 // information is not especially sensible, but we're stuck with it for 3883 // compatibility with GCC, although providing it breaks anything that 3884 // actually uses runtime introspection and wants to work on both runtimes... 3885 if (!Ctx->getLangOptions().NeXTRuntime) { 3886 const RecordDecl *RD = FD->getParent(); 3887 const ASTRecordLayout &RL = Ctx->getASTRecordLayout(RD); 3888 // FIXME: This same linear search is also used in ExprConstant - it might 3889 // be better if the FieldDecl stored its offset. We'd be increasing the 3890 // size of the object slightly, but saving some time every time it is used. 3891 unsigned i = 0; 3892 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator Field = RD->field_begin(), 3893 FieldEnd = RD->field_end(); 3894 Field != FieldEnd; (void)++Field, ++i) { 3895 if (*Field == FD) 3896 break; 3897 } 3898 S += llvm::utostr(RL.getFieldOffset(i)); 3899 if (T->isEnumeralType()) 3900 S += 'i'; 3901 else 3902 S += ObjCEncodingForPrimitiveKind(Ctx, T); 3903 } 3904 unsigned N = E->EvaluateAsInt(*Ctx).getZExtValue(); 3905 S += llvm::utostr(N); 3906} 3907 3908// FIXME: Use SmallString for accumulating string. 3909void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(QualType T, std::string& S, 3910 bool ExpandPointedToStructures, 3911 bool ExpandStructures, 3912 const FieldDecl *FD, 3913 bool OutermostType, 3914 bool EncodingProperty) const { 3915 if (T->getAs<BuiltinType>()) { 3916 if (FD && FD->isBitField()) 3917 return EncodeBitField(this, S, T, FD); 3918 S += ObjCEncodingForPrimitiveKind(this, T); 3919 return; 3920 } 3921 3922 if (const ComplexType *CT = T->getAs<ComplexType>()) { 3923 S += 'j'; 3924 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(CT->getElementType(), S, false, false, 0, false, 3925 false); 3926 return; 3927 } 3928 3929 // encoding for pointer or r3eference types. 3930 QualType PointeeTy; 3931 if (const PointerType *PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()) { 3932 if (PT->isObjCSelType()) { 3933 S += ':'; 3934 return; 3935 } 3936 PointeeTy = PT->getPointeeType(); 3937 } 3938 else if (const ReferenceType *RT = T->getAs<ReferenceType>()) 3939 PointeeTy = RT->getPointeeType(); 3940 if (!PointeeTy.isNull()) { 3941 bool isReadOnly = false; 3942 // For historical/compatibility reasons, the read-only qualifier of the 3943 // pointee gets emitted _before_ the '^'. The read-only qualifier of 3944 // the pointer itself gets ignored, _unless_ we are looking at a typedef! 3945 // Also, do not emit the 'r' for anything but the outermost type! 3946 if (isa<TypedefType>(T.getTypePtr())) { 3947 if (OutermostType && T.isConstQualified()) { 3948 isReadOnly = true; 3949 S += 'r'; 3950 } 3951 } else if (OutermostType) { 3952 QualType P = PointeeTy; 3953 while (P->getAs<PointerType>()) 3954 P = P->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 3955 if (P.isConstQualified()) { 3956 isReadOnly = true; 3957 S += 'r'; 3958 } 3959 } 3960 if (isReadOnly) { 3961 // Another legacy compatibility encoding. Some ObjC qualifier and type 3962 // combinations need to be rearranged. 3963 // Rewrite "in const" from "nr" to "rn" 3964 if (llvm::StringRef(S).endswith("nr")) 3965 S.replace(S.end()-2, S.end(), "rn"); 3966 } 3967 3968 if (PointeeTy->isCharType()) { 3969 // char pointer types should be encoded as '*' unless it is a 3970 // type that has been typedef'd to 'BOOL'. 3971 if (!isTypeTypedefedAsBOOL(PointeeTy)) { 3972 S += '*'; 3973 return; 3974 } 3975 } else if (const RecordType *RTy = PointeeTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 3976 // GCC binary compat: Need to convert "struct objc_class *" to "#". 3977 if (RTy->getDecl()->getIdentifier() == &Idents.get("objc_class")) { 3978 S += '#'; 3979 return; 3980 } 3981 // GCC binary compat: Need to convert "struct objc_object *" to "@". 3982 if (RTy->getDecl()->getIdentifier() == &Idents.get("objc_object")) { 3983 S += '@'; 3984 return; 3985 } 3986 // fall through... 3987 } 3988 S += '^'; 3989 getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding(PointeeTy); 3990 3991 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(PointeeTy, S, false, ExpandPointedToStructures, 3992 NULL); 3993 return; 3994 } 3995 3996 if (const ArrayType *AT = 3997 // Ignore type qualifiers etc. 3998 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(T->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) { 3999 if (isa<IncompleteArrayType>(AT)) { 4000 // Incomplete arrays are encoded as a pointer to the array element. 4001 S += '^'; 4002 4003 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(AT->getElementType(), S, 4004 false, ExpandStructures, FD); 4005 } else { 4006 S += '['; 4007 4008 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT)) 4009 S += llvm::utostr(CAT->getSize().getZExtValue()); 4010 else { 4011 //Variable length arrays are encoded as a regular array with 0 elements. 4012 assert(isa<VariableArrayType>(AT) && "Unknown array type!"); 4013 S += '0'; 4014 } 4015 4016 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(AT->getElementType(), S, 4017 false, ExpandStructures, FD); 4018 S += ']'; 4019 } 4020 return; 4021 } 4022 4023 if (T->getAs<FunctionType>()) { 4024 S += '?'; 4025 return; 4026 } 4027 4028 if (const RecordType *RTy = T->getAs<RecordType>()) { 4029 RecordDecl *RDecl = RTy->getDecl(); 4030 S += RDecl->isUnion() ? '(' : '{'; 4031 // Anonymous structures print as '?' 4032 if (const IdentifierInfo *II = RDecl->getIdentifier()) { 4033 S += II->getName(); 4034 if (ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *Spec 4035 = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(RDecl)) { 4036 const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs = Spec->getTemplateArgs(); 4037 std::string TemplateArgsStr 4038 = TemplateSpecializationType::PrintTemplateArgumentList( 4039 TemplateArgs.data(), 4040 TemplateArgs.size(), 4041 (*this).PrintingPolicy); 4042 4043 S += TemplateArgsStr; 4044 } 4045 } else { 4046 S += '?'; 4047 } 4048 if (ExpandStructures) { 4049 S += '='; 4050 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator Field = RDecl->field_begin(), 4051 FieldEnd = RDecl->field_end(); 4052 Field != FieldEnd; ++Field) { 4053 if (FD) { 4054 S += '"'; 4055 S += Field->getNameAsString(); 4056 S += '"'; 4057 } 4058 4059 // Special case bit-fields. 4060 if (Field->isBitField()) { 4061 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(Field->getType(), S, false, true, 4062 (*Field)); 4063 } else { 4064 QualType qt = Field->getType(); 4065 getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding(qt); 4066 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(qt, S, false, true, 4067 FD); 4068 } 4069 } 4070 } 4071 S += RDecl->isUnion() ? ')' : '}'; 4072 return; 4073 } 4074 4075 if (T->isEnumeralType()) { 4076 if (FD && FD->isBitField()) 4077 EncodeBitField(this, S, T, FD); 4078 else 4079 S += 'i'; 4080 return; 4081 } 4082 4083 if (T->isBlockPointerType()) { 4084 S += "@?"; // Unlike a pointer-to-function, which is "^?". 4085 return; 4086 } 4087 4088 // Ignore protocol qualifiers when mangling at this level. 4089 if (const ObjCObjectType *OT = T->getAs<ObjCObjectType>()) 4090 T = OT->getBaseType(); 4091 4092 if (const ObjCInterfaceType *OIT = T->getAs<ObjCInterfaceType>()) { 4093 // @encode(class_name) 4094 ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI = OIT->getDecl(); 4095 S += '{'; 4096 const IdentifierInfo *II = OI->getIdentifier(); 4097 S += II->getName(); 4098 S += '='; 4099 llvm::SmallVector<ObjCIvarDecl*, 32> Ivars; 4100 DeepCollectObjCIvars(OI, true, Ivars); 4101 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Ivars.size(); i != e; ++i) { 4102 FieldDecl *Field = cast<FieldDecl>(Ivars[i]); 4103 if (Field->isBitField()) 4104 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(Field->getType(), S, false, true, Field); 4105 else 4106 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(Field->getType(), S, false, true, FD); 4107 } 4108 S += '}'; 4109 return; 4110 } 4111 4112 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = T->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) { 4113 if (OPT->isObjCIdType()) { 4114 S += '@'; 4115 return; 4116 } 4117 4118 if (OPT->isObjCClassType() || OPT->isObjCQualifiedClassType()) { 4119 // FIXME: Consider if we need to output qualifiers for 'Class<p>'. 4120 // Since this is a binary compatibility issue, need to consult with runtime 4121 // folks. Fortunately, this is a *very* obsure construct. 4122 S += '#'; 4123 return; 4124 } 4125 4126 if (OPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) { 4127 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(getObjCIdType(), S, 4128 ExpandPointedToStructures, 4129 ExpandStructures, FD); 4130 if (FD || EncodingProperty) { 4131 // Note that we do extended encoding of protocol qualifer list 4132 // Only when doing ivar or property encoding. 4133 S += '"'; 4134 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = OPT->qual_begin(), 4135 E = OPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) { 4136 S += '<'; 4137 S += (*I)->getNameAsString(); 4138 S += '>'; 4139 } 4140 S += '"'; 4141 } 4142 return; 4143 } 4144 4145 QualType PointeeTy = OPT->getPointeeType(); 4146 if (!EncodingProperty && 4147 isa<TypedefType>(PointeeTy.getTypePtr())) { 4148 // Another historical/compatibility reason. 4149 // We encode the underlying type which comes out as 4150 // {...}; 4151 S += '^'; 4152 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(PointeeTy, S, 4153 false, ExpandPointedToStructures, 4154 NULL); 4155 return; 4156 } 4157 4158 S += '@'; 4159 if (OPT->getInterfaceDecl() && (FD || EncodingProperty)) { 4160 S += '"'; 4161 S += OPT->getInterfaceDecl()->getIdentifier()->getName(); 4162 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = OPT->qual_begin(), 4163 E = OPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) { 4164 S += '<'; 4165 S += (*I)->getNameAsString(); 4166 S += '>'; 4167 } 4168 S += '"'; 4169 } 4170 return; 4171 } 4172 4173 // gcc just blithely ignores member pointers. 4174 // TODO: maybe there should be a mangling for these 4175 if (T->getAs<MemberPointerType>()) 4176 return; 4177 4178 if (T->isVectorType()) { 4179 // This matches gcc's encoding, even though technically it is 4180 // insufficient. 4181 // FIXME. We should do a better job than gcc. 4182 return; 4183 } 4184 4185 assert(0 && "@encode for type not implemented!"); 4186} 4187 4188void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForTypeQualifier(Decl::ObjCDeclQualifier QT, 4189 std::string& S) const { 4190 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_In) 4191 S += 'n'; 4192 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Inout) 4193 S += 'N'; 4194 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Out) 4195 S += 'o'; 4196 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Bycopy) 4197 S += 'O'; 4198 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Byref) 4199 S += 'R'; 4200 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Oneway) 4201 S += 'V'; 4202} 4203 4204void ASTContext::setBuiltinVaListType(QualType T) { 4205 assert(BuiltinVaListType.isNull() && "__builtin_va_list type already set!"); 4206 4207 BuiltinVaListType = T; 4208} 4209 4210void ASTContext::setObjCIdType(QualType T) { 4211 ObjCIdTypedefType = T; 4212} 4213 4214void ASTContext::setObjCSelType(QualType T) { 4215 ObjCSelTypedefType = T; 4216} 4217 4218void ASTContext::setObjCProtoType(QualType QT) { 4219 ObjCProtoType = QT; 4220} 4221 4222void ASTContext::setObjCClassType(QualType T) { 4223 ObjCClassTypedefType = T; 4224} 4225 4226void ASTContext::setObjCConstantStringInterface(ObjCInterfaceDecl *Decl) { 4227 assert(ObjCConstantStringType.isNull() && 4228 "'NSConstantString' type already set!"); 4229 4230 ObjCConstantStringType = getObjCInterfaceType(Decl); 4231} 4232 4233/// \brief Retrieve the template name that corresponds to a non-empty 4234/// lookup. 4235TemplateName 4236ASTContext::getOverloadedTemplateName(UnresolvedSetIterator Begin, 4237 UnresolvedSetIterator End) const { 4238 unsigned size = End - Begin; 4239 assert(size > 1 && "set is not overloaded!"); 4240 4241 void *memory = Allocate(sizeof(OverloadedTemplateStorage) + 4242 size * sizeof(FunctionTemplateDecl*)); 4243 OverloadedTemplateStorage *OT = new(memory) OverloadedTemplateStorage(size); 4244 4245 NamedDecl **Storage = OT->getStorage(); 4246 for (UnresolvedSetIterator I = Begin; I != End; ++I) { 4247 NamedDecl *D = *I; 4248 assert(isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D) || 4249 (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) && 4250 isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D->getUnderlyingDecl()))); 4251 *Storage++ = D; 4252 } 4253 4254 return TemplateName(OT); 4255} 4256 4257/// \brief Retrieve the template name that represents a qualified 4258/// template name such as \c std::vector. 4259TemplateName 4260ASTContext::getQualifiedTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, 4261 bool TemplateKeyword, 4262 TemplateDecl *Template) const { 4263 // FIXME: Canonicalization? 4264 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 4265 QualifiedTemplateName::Profile(ID, NNS, TemplateKeyword, Template); 4266 4267 void *InsertPos = 0; 4268 QualifiedTemplateName *QTN = 4269 QualifiedTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 4270 if (!QTN) { 4271 QTN = new (*this,4) QualifiedTemplateName(NNS, TemplateKeyword, Template); 4272 QualifiedTemplateNames.InsertNode(QTN, InsertPos); 4273 } 4274 4275 return TemplateName(QTN); 4276} 4277 4278/// \brief Retrieve the template name that represents a dependent 4279/// template name such as \c MetaFun::template apply. 4280TemplateName 4281ASTContext::getDependentTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, 4282 const IdentifierInfo *Name) const { 4283 assert((!NNS || NNS->isDependent()) && 4284 "Nested name specifier must be dependent"); 4285 4286 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 4287 DependentTemplateName::Profile(ID, NNS, Name); 4288 4289 void *InsertPos = 0; 4290 DependentTemplateName *QTN = 4291 DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 4292 4293 if (QTN) 4294 return TemplateName(QTN); 4295 4296 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS); 4297 if (CanonNNS == NNS) { 4298 QTN = new (*this,4) DependentTemplateName(NNS, Name); 4299 } else { 4300 TemplateName Canon = getDependentTemplateName(CanonNNS, Name); 4301 QTN = new (*this,4) DependentTemplateName(NNS, Name, Canon); 4302 DependentTemplateName *CheckQTN = 4303 DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 4304 assert(!CheckQTN && "Dependent type name canonicalization broken"); 4305 (void)CheckQTN; 4306 } 4307 4308 DependentTemplateNames.InsertNode(QTN, InsertPos); 4309 return TemplateName(QTN); 4310} 4311 4312/// \brief Retrieve the template name that represents a dependent 4313/// template name such as \c MetaFun::template operator+. 4314TemplateName 4315ASTContext::getDependentTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, 4316 OverloadedOperatorKind Operator) const { 4317 assert((!NNS || NNS->isDependent()) && 4318 "Nested name specifier must be dependent"); 4319 4320 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 4321 DependentTemplateName::Profile(ID, NNS, Operator); 4322 4323 void *InsertPos = 0; 4324 DependentTemplateName *QTN 4325 = DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 4326 4327 if (QTN) 4328 return TemplateName(QTN); 4329 4330 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS); 4331 if (CanonNNS == NNS) { 4332 QTN = new (*this,4) DependentTemplateName(NNS, Operator); 4333 } else { 4334 TemplateName Canon = getDependentTemplateName(CanonNNS, Operator); 4335 QTN = new (*this,4) DependentTemplateName(NNS, Operator, Canon); 4336 4337 DependentTemplateName *CheckQTN 4338 = DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 4339 assert(!CheckQTN && "Dependent template name canonicalization broken"); 4340 (void)CheckQTN; 4341 } 4342 4343 DependentTemplateNames.InsertNode(QTN, InsertPos); 4344 return TemplateName(QTN); 4345} 4346 4347/// getFromTargetType - Given one of the integer types provided by 4348/// TargetInfo, produce the corresponding type. The unsigned @p Type 4349/// is actually a value of type @c TargetInfo::IntType. 4350CanQualType ASTContext::getFromTargetType(unsigned Type) const { 4351 switch (Type) { 4352 case TargetInfo::NoInt: return CanQualType(); 4353 case TargetInfo::SignedShort: return ShortTy; 4354 case TargetInfo::UnsignedShort: return UnsignedShortTy; 4355 case TargetInfo::SignedInt: return IntTy; 4356 case TargetInfo::UnsignedInt: return UnsignedIntTy; 4357 case TargetInfo::SignedLong: return LongTy; 4358 case TargetInfo::UnsignedLong: return UnsignedLongTy; 4359 case TargetInfo::SignedLongLong: return LongLongTy; 4360 case TargetInfo::UnsignedLongLong: return UnsignedLongLongTy; 4361 } 4362 4363 assert(false && "Unhandled TargetInfo::IntType value"); 4364 return CanQualType(); 4365} 4366 4367//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4368// Type Predicates. 4369//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4370 4371/// isObjCNSObjectType - Return true if this is an NSObject object using 4372/// NSObject attribute on a c-style pointer type. 4373/// FIXME - Make it work directly on types. 4374/// FIXME: Move to Type. 4375/// 4376bool ASTContext::isObjCNSObjectType(QualType Ty) const { 4377 if (TypedefType *TDT = dyn_cast<TypedefType>(Ty)) { 4378 if (TypedefDecl *TD = TDT->getDecl()) 4379 if (TD->getAttr<ObjCNSObjectAttr>()) 4380 return true; 4381 } 4382 return false; 4383} 4384 4385/// getObjCGCAttr - Returns one of GCNone, Weak or Strong objc's 4386/// garbage collection attribute. 4387/// 4388Qualifiers::GC ASTContext::getObjCGCAttrKind(QualType Ty) const { 4389 if (getLangOptions().getGCMode() == LangOptions::NonGC) 4390 return Qualifiers::GCNone; 4391 4392 assert(getLangOptions().ObjC1); 4393 Qualifiers::GC GCAttrs = Ty.getObjCGCAttr(); 4394 4395 // Default behaviour under objective-C's gc is for ObjC pointers 4396 // (or pointers to them) be treated as though they were declared 4397 // as __strong. 4398 if (GCAttrs == Qualifiers::GCNone) { 4399 if (Ty->isObjCObjectPointerType() || Ty->isBlockPointerType()) 4400 return Qualifiers::Strong; 4401 else if (Ty->isPointerType()) 4402 return getObjCGCAttrKind(Ty->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()); 4403 } else { 4404 // It's not valid to set GC attributes on anything that isn't a 4405 // pointer. 4406#ifndef NDEBUG 4407 QualType CT = Ty->getCanonicalTypeInternal(); 4408 while (const ArrayType *AT = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(CT)) 4409 CT = AT->getElementType(); 4410 assert(CT->isAnyPointerType() || CT->isBlockPointerType()); 4411#endif 4412 } 4413 return GCAttrs; 4414} 4415 4416//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4417// Type Compatibility Testing 4418//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4419 4420/// areCompatVectorTypes - Return true if the two specified vector types are 4421/// compatible. 4422static bool areCompatVectorTypes(const VectorType *LHS, 4423 const VectorType *RHS) { 4424 assert(LHS->isCanonicalUnqualified() && RHS->isCanonicalUnqualified()); 4425 return LHS->getElementType() == RHS->getElementType() && 4426 LHS->getNumElements() == RHS->getNumElements(); 4427} 4428 4429bool ASTContext::areCompatibleVectorTypes(QualType FirstVec, 4430 QualType SecondVec) { 4431 assert(FirstVec->isVectorType() && "FirstVec should be a vector type"); 4432 assert(SecondVec->isVectorType() && "SecondVec should be a vector type"); 4433 4434 if (hasSameUnqualifiedType(FirstVec, SecondVec)) 4435 return true; 4436 4437 // Treat Neon vector types and most AltiVec vector types as if they are the 4438 // equivalent GCC vector types. 4439 const VectorType *First = FirstVec->getAs<VectorType>(); 4440 const VectorType *Second = SecondVec->getAs<VectorType>(); 4441 if (First->getNumElements() == Second->getNumElements() && 4442 hasSameType(First->getElementType(), Second->getElementType()) && 4443 First->getVectorKind() != VectorType::AltiVecPixel && 4444 First->getVectorKind() != VectorType::AltiVecBool && 4445 Second->getVectorKind() != VectorType::AltiVecPixel && 4446 Second->getVectorKind() != VectorType::AltiVecBool) 4447 return true; 4448 4449 return false; 4450} 4451 4452//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4453// ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible - Compatibility testing for qualified id's. 4454//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4455 4456/// ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol - return 'true' if 'lProto' is in the 4457/// inheritance hierarchy of 'rProto'. 4458bool 4459ASTContext::ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(ObjCProtocolDecl *lProto, 4460 ObjCProtocolDecl *rProto) const { 4461 if (lProto == rProto) 4462 return true; 4463 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator PI = rProto->protocol_begin(), 4464 E = rProto->protocol_end(); PI != E; ++PI) 4465 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lProto, *PI)) 4466 return true; 4467 return false; 4468} 4469 4470/// QualifiedIdConformsQualifiedId - compare id<p,...> with id<p1,...> 4471/// return true if lhs's protocols conform to rhs's protocol; false 4472/// otherwise. 4473bool ASTContext::QualifiedIdConformsQualifiedId(QualType lhs, QualType rhs) { 4474 if (lhs->isObjCQualifiedIdType() && rhs->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) 4475 return ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(lhs, rhs, false); 4476 return false; 4477} 4478 4479/// ObjCQualifiedClassTypesAreCompatible - compare Class<p,...> and 4480/// Class<p1, ...>. 4481bool ASTContext::ObjCQualifiedClassTypesAreCompatible(QualType lhs, 4482 QualType rhs) { 4483 const ObjCObjectPointerType *lhsQID = lhs->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); 4484 const ObjCObjectPointerType *rhsOPT = rhs->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); 4485 assert ((lhsQID && rhsOPT) && "ObjCQualifiedClassTypesAreCompatible"); 4486 4487 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(), 4488 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) { 4489 bool match = false; 4490 ObjCProtocolDecl *lhsProto = *I; 4491 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator J = rhsOPT->qual_begin(), 4492 E = rhsOPT->qual_end(); J != E; ++J) { 4493 ObjCProtocolDecl *rhsProto = *J; 4494 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto)) { 4495 match = true; 4496 break; 4497 } 4498 } 4499 if (!match) 4500 return false; 4501 } 4502 return true; 4503} 4504 4505/// ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible - We know that one of lhs/rhs is an 4506/// ObjCQualifiedIDType. 4507bool ASTContext::ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(QualType lhs, QualType rhs, 4508 bool compare) { 4509 // Allow id<P..> and an 'id' or void* type in all cases. 4510 if (lhs->isVoidPointerType() || 4511 lhs->isObjCIdType() || lhs->isObjCClassType()) 4512 return true; 4513 else if (rhs->isVoidPointerType() || 4514 rhs->isObjCIdType() || rhs->isObjCClassType()) 4515 return true; 4516 4517 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *lhsQID = lhs->getAsObjCQualifiedIdType()) { 4518 const ObjCObjectPointerType *rhsOPT = rhs->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); 4519 4520 if (!rhsOPT) return false; 4521 4522 if (rhsOPT->qual_empty()) { 4523 // If the RHS is a unqualified interface pointer "NSString*", 4524 // make sure we check the class hierarchy. 4525 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *rhsID = rhsOPT->getInterfaceDecl()) { 4526 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(), 4527 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) { 4528 // when comparing an id<P> on lhs with a static type on rhs, 4529 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or 4530 // through its super class and categories. 4531 if (!rhsID->ClassImplementsProtocol(*I, true)) 4532 return false; 4533 } 4534 } 4535 // If there are no qualifiers and no interface, we have an 'id'. 4536 return true; 4537 } 4538 // Both the right and left sides have qualifiers. 4539 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(), 4540 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) { 4541 ObjCProtocolDecl *lhsProto = *I; 4542 bool match = false; 4543 4544 // when comparing an id<P> on lhs with a static type on rhs, 4545 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or 4546 // through its super class and categories. 4547 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator J = rhsOPT->qual_begin(), 4548 E = rhsOPT->qual_end(); J != E; ++J) { 4549 ObjCProtocolDecl *rhsProto = *J; 4550 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto) || 4551 (compare && ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(rhsProto, lhsProto))) { 4552 match = true; 4553 break; 4554 } 4555 } 4556 // If the RHS is a qualified interface pointer "NSString<P>*", 4557 // make sure we check the class hierarchy. 4558 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *rhsID = rhsOPT->getInterfaceDecl()) { 4559 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(), 4560 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) { 4561 // when comparing an id<P> on lhs with a static type on rhs, 4562 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or 4563 // through its super class and categories. 4564 if (rhsID->ClassImplementsProtocol(*I, true)) { 4565 match = true; 4566 break; 4567 } 4568 } 4569 } 4570 if (!match) 4571 return false; 4572 } 4573 4574 return true; 4575 } 4576 4577 const ObjCObjectPointerType *rhsQID = rhs->getAsObjCQualifiedIdType(); 4578 assert(rhsQID && "One of the LHS/RHS should be id<x>"); 4579 4580 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *lhsOPT = 4581 lhs->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType()) { 4582 // If both the right and left sides have qualifiers. 4583 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsOPT->qual_begin(), 4584 E = lhsOPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) { 4585 ObjCProtocolDecl *lhsProto = *I; 4586 bool match = false; 4587 4588 // when comparing an id<P> on rhs with a static type on lhs, 4589 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or 4590 // through its super class and categories. 4591 // First, lhs protocols in the qualifier list must be found, direct 4592 // or indirect in rhs's qualifier list or it is a mismatch. 4593 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator J = rhsQID->qual_begin(), 4594 E = rhsQID->qual_end(); J != E; ++J) { 4595 ObjCProtocolDecl *rhsProto = *J; 4596 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto) || 4597 (compare && ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(rhsProto, lhsProto))) { 4598 match = true; 4599 break; 4600 } 4601 } 4602 if (!match) 4603 return false; 4604 } 4605 4606 // Static class's protocols, or its super class or category protocols 4607 // must be found, direct or indirect in rhs's qualifier list or it is a mismatch. 4608 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *lhsID = lhsOPT->getInterfaceDecl()) { 4609 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> LHSInheritedProtocols; 4610 CollectInheritedProtocols(lhsID, LHSInheritedProtocols); 4611 // This is rather dubious but matches gcc's behavior. If lhs has 4612 // no type qualifier and its class has no static protocol(s) 4613 // assume that it is mismatch. 4614 if (LHSInheritedProtocols.empty() && lhsOPT->qual_empty()) 4615 return false; 4616 for (llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl*,8>::iterator I = 4617 LHSInheritedProtocols.begin(), 4618 E = LHSInheritedProtocols.end(); I != E; ++I) { 4619 bool match = false; 4620 ObjCProtocolDecl *lhsProto = (*I); 4621 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator J = rhsQID->qual_begin(), 4622 E = rhsQID->qual_end(); J != E; ++J) { 4623 ObjCProtocolDecl *rhsProto = *J; 4624 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto) || 4625 (compare && ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(rhsProto, lhsProto))) { 4626 match = true; 4627 break; 4628 } 4629 } 4630 if (!match) 4631 return false; 4632 } 4633 } 4634 return true; 4635 } 4636 return false; 4637} 4638 4639/// canAssignObjCInterfaces - Return true if the two interface types are 4640/// compatible for assignment from RHS to LHS. This handles validation of any 4641/// protocol qualifiers on the LHS or RHS. 4642/// 4643bool ASTContext::canAssignObjCInterfaces(const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT, 4644 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT) { 4645 const ObjCObjectType* LHS = LHSOPT->getObjectType(); 4646 const ObjCObjectType* RHS = RHSOPT->getObjectType(); 4647 4648 // If either type represents the built-in 'id' or 'Class' types, return true. 4649 if (LHS->isObjCUnqualifiedIdOrClass() || 4650 RHS->isObjCUnqualifiedIdOrClass()) 4651 return true; 4652 4653 if (LHS->isObjCQualifiedId() || RHS->isObjCQualifiedId()) 4654 return ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(QualType(LHSOPT,0), 4655 QualType(RHSOPT,0), 4656 false); 4657 4658 if (LHS->isObjCQualifiedClass() && RHS->isObjCQualifiedClass()) 4659 return ObjCQualifiedClassTypesAreCompatible(QualType(LHSOPT,0), 4660 QualType(RHSOPT,0)); 4661 4662 // If we have 2 user-defined types, fall into that path. 4663 if (LHS->getInterface() && RHS->getInterface()) 4664 return canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHS, RHS); 4665 4666 return false; 4667} 4668 4669/// canAssignObjCInterfacesInBlockPointer - This routine is specifically written 4670/// for providing type-safty for objective-c pointers used to pass/return 4671/// arguments in block literals. When passed as arguments, passing 'A*' where 4672/// 'id' is expected is not OK. Passing 'Sub *" where 'Super *" is expected is 4673/// not OK. For the return type, the opposite is not OK. 4674bool ASTContext::canAssignObjCInterfacesInBlockPointer( 4675 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT, 4676 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT) { 4677 if (RHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() || LHSOPT->isObjCIdType()) 4678 return true; 4679 4680 if (LHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType()) { 4681 return RHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() || RHSOPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType(); 4682 } 4683 4684 if (LHSOPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || RHSOPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) 4685 return ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(QualType(LHSOPT,0), 4686 QualType(RHSOPT,0), 4687 false); 4688 4689 const ObjCInterfaceType* LHS = LHSOPT->getInterfaceType(); 4690 const ObjCInterfaceType* RHS = RHSOPT->getInterfaceType(); 4691 if (LHS && RHS) { // We have 2 user-defined types. 4692 if (LHS != RHS) { 4693 if (LHS->getDecl()->isSuperClassOf(RHS->getDecl())) 4694 return false; 4695 if (RHS->getDecl()->isSuperClassOf(LHS->getDecl())) 4696 return true; 4697 } 4698 else 4699 return true; 4700 } 4701 return false; 4702} 4703 4704/// getIntersectionOfProtocols - This routine finds the intersection of set 4705/// of protocols inherited from two distinct objective-c pointer objects. 4706/// It is used to build composite qualifier list of the composite type of 4707/// the conditional expression involving two objective-c pointer objects. 4708static 4709void getIntersectionOfProtocols(ASTContext &Context, 4710 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT, 4711 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT, 4712 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<ObjCProtocolDecl *> &IntersectionOfProtocols) { 4713 4714 const ObjCObjectType* LHS = LHSOPT->getObjectType(); 4715 const ObjCObjectType* RHS = RHSOPT->getObjectType(); 4716 assert(LHS->getInterface() && "LHS must have an interface base"); 4717 assert(RHS->getInterface() && "RHS must have an interface base"); 4718 4719 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> InheritedProtocolSet; 4720 unsigned LHSNumProtocols = LHS->getNumProtocols(); 4721 if (LHSNumProtocols > 0) 4722 InheritedProtocolSet.insert(LHS->qual_begin(), LHS->qual_end()); 4723 else { 4724 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> LHSInheritedProtocols; 4725 Context.CollectInheritedProtocols(LHS->getInterface(), 4726 LHSInheritedProtocols); 4727 InheritedProtocolSet.insert(LHSInheritedProtocols.begin(), 4728 LHSInheritedProtocols.end()); 4729 } 4730 4731 unsigned RHSNumProtocols = RHS->getNumProtocols(); 4732 if (RHSNumProtocols > 0) { 4733 ObjCProtocolDecl **RHSProtocols = 4734 const_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl **>(RHS->qual_begin()); 4735 for (unsigned i = 0; i < RHSNumProtocols; ++i) 4736 if (InheritedProtocolSet.count(RHSProtocols[i])) 4737 IntersectionOfProtocols.push_back(RHSProtocols[i]); 4738 } 4739 else { 4740 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> RHSInheritedProtocols; 4741 Context.CollectInheritedProtocols(RHS->getInterface(), 4742 RHSInheritedProtocols); 4743 for (llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl*,8>::iterator I = 4744 RHSInheritedProtocols.begin(), 4745 E = RHSInheritedProtocols.end(); I != E; ++I) 4746 if (InheritedProtocolSet.count((*I))) 4747 IntersectionOfProtocols.push_back((*I)); 4748 } 4749} 4750 4751/// areCommonBaseCompatible - Returns common base class of the two classes if 4752/// one found. Note that this is O'2 algorithm. But it will be called as the 4753/// last type comparison in a ?-exp of ObjC pointer types before a 4754/// warning is issued. So, its invokation is extremely rare. 4755QualType ASTContext::areCommonBaseCompatible( 4756 const ObjCObjectPointerType *Lptr, 4757 const ObjCObjectPointerType *Rptr) { 4758 const ObjCObjectType *LHS = Lptr->getObjectType(); 4759 const ObjCObjectType *RHS = Rptr->getObjectType(); 4760 const ObjCInterfaceDecl* LDecl = LHS->getInterface(); 4761 const ObjCInterfaceDecl* RDecl = RHS->getInterface(); 4762 if (!LDecl || !RDecl) 4763 return QualType(); 4764 4765 while ((LDecl = LDecl->getSuperClass())) { 4766 LHS = cast<ObjCInterfaceType>(getObjCInterfaceType(LDecl)); 4767 if (canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHS, RHS)) { 4768 llvm::SmallVector<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> Protocols; 4769 getIntersectionOfProtocols(*this, Lptr, Rptr, Protocols); 4770 4771 QualType Result = QualType(LHS, 0); 4772 if (!Protocols.empty()) 4773 Result = getObjCObjectType(Result, Protocols.data(), Protocols.size()); 4774 Result = getObjCObjectPointerType(Result); 4775 return Result; 4776 } 4777 } 4778 4779 return QualType(); 4780} 4781 4782bool ASTContext::canAssignObjCInterfaces(const ObjCObjectType *LHS, 4783 const ObjCObjectType *RHS) { 4784 assert(LHS->getInterface() && "LHS is not an interface type"); 4785 assert(RHS->getInterface() && "RHS is not an interface type"); 4786 4787 // Verify that the base decls are compatible: the RHS must be a subclass of 4788 // the LHS. 4789 if (!LHS->getInterface()->isSuperClassOf(RHS->getInterface())) 4790 return false; 4791 4792 // RHS must have a superset of the protocols in the LHS. If the LHS is not 4793 // protocol qualified at all, then we are good. 4794 if (LHS->getNumProtocols() == 0) 4795 return true; 4796 4797 // Okay, we know the LHS has protocol qualifiers. If the RHS doesn't, then it 4798 // isn't a superset. 4799 if (RHS->getNumProtocols() == 0) 4800 return true; // FIXME: should return false! 4801 4802 for (ObjCObjectType::qual_iterator LHSPI = LHS->qual_begin(), 4803 LHSPE = LHS->qual_end(); 4804 LHSPI != LHSPE; LHSPI++) { 4805 bool RHSImplementsProtocol = false; 4806 4807 // If the RHS doesn't implement the protocol on the left, the types 4808 // are incompatible. 4809 for (ObjCObjectType::qual_iterator RHSPI = RHS->qual_begin(), 4810 RHSPE = RHS->qual_end(); 4811 RHSPI != RHSPE; RHSPI++) { 4812 if ((*RHSPI)->lookupProtocolNamed((*LHSPI)->getIdentifier())) { 4813 RHSImplementsProtocol = true; 4814 break; 4815 } 4816 } 4817 // FIXME: For better diagnostics, consider passing back the protocol name. 4818 if (!RHSImplementsProtocol) 4819 return false; 4820 } 4821 // The RHS implements all protocols listed on the LHS. 4822 return true; 4823} 4824 4825bool ASTContext::areComparableObjCPointerTypes(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) { 4826 // get the "pointed to" types 4827 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT = LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); 4828 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT = RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); 4829 4830 if (!LHSOPT || !RHSOPT) 4831 return false; 4832 4833 return canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSOPT, RHSOPT) || 4834 canAssignObjCInterfaces(RHSOPT, LHSOPT); 4835} 4836 4837bool ASTContext::canBindObjCObjectType(QualType To, QualType From) { 4838 return canAssignObjCInterfaces( 4839 getObjCObjectPointerType(To)->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(), 4840 getObjCObjectPointerType(From)->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()); 4841} 4842 4843/// typesAreCompatible - C99 6.7.3p9: For two qualified types to be compatible, 4844/// both shall have the identically qualified version of a compatible type. 4845/// C99 6.2.7p1: Two types have compatible types if their types are the 4846/// same. See 6.7.[2,3,5] for additional rules. 4847bool ASTContext::typesAreCompatible(QualType LHS, QualType RHS, 4848 bool CompareUnqualified) { 4849 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 4850 return hasSameType(LHS, RHS); 4851 4852 return !mergeTypes(LHS, RHS, false, CompareUnqualified).isNull(); 4853} 4854 4855bool ASTContext::typesAreBlockPointerCompatible(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) { 4856 return !mergeTypes(LHS, RHS, true).isNull(); 4857} 4858 4859/// mergeTransparentUnionType - if T is a transparent union type and a member 4860/// of T is compatible with SubType, return the merged type, else return 4861/// QualType() 4862QualType ASTContext::mergeTransparentUnionType(QualType T, QualType SubType, 4863 bool OfBlockPointer, 4864 bool Unqualified) { 4865 if (const RecordType *UT = T->getAsUnionType()) { 4866 RecordDecl *UD = UT->getDecl(); 4867 if (UD->hasAttr<TransparentUnionAttr>()) { 4868 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator it = UD->field_begin(), 4869 itend = UD->field_end(); it != itend; ++it) { 4870 QualType ET = it->getType().getUnqualifiedType(); 4871 QualType MT = mergeTypes(ET, SubType, OfBlockPointer, Unqualified); 4872 if (!MT.isNull()) 4873 return MT; 4874 } 4875 } 4876 } 4877 4878 return QualType(); 4879} 4880 4881/// mergeFunctionArgumentTypes - merge two types which appear as function 4882/// argument types 4883QualType ASTContext::mergeFunctionArgumentTypes(QualType lhs, QualType rhs, 4884 bool OfBlockPointer, 4885 bool Unqualified) { 4886 // GNU extension: two types are compatible if they appear as a function 4887 // argument, one of the types is a transparent union type and the other 4888 // type is compatible with a union member 4889 QualType lmerge = mergeTransparentUnionType(lhs, rhs, OfBlockPointer, 4890 Unqualified); 4891 if (!lmerge.isNull()) 4892 return lmerge; 4893 4894 QualType rmerge = mergeTransparentUnionType(rhs, lhs, OfBlockPointer, 4895 Unqualified); 4896 if (!rmerge.isNull()) 4897 return rmerge; 4898 4899 return mergeTypes(lhs, rhs, OfBlockPointer, Unqualified); 4900} 4901 4902QualType ASTContext::mergeFunctionTypes(QualType lhs, QualType rhs, 4903 bool OfBlockPointer, 4904 bool Unqualified) { 4905 const FunctionType *lbase = lhs->getAs<FunctionType>(); 4906 const FunctionType *rbase = rhs->getAs<FunctionType>(); 4907 const FunctionProtoType *lproto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(lbase); 4908 const FunctionProtoType *rproto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(rbase); 4909 bool allLTypes = true; 4910 bool allRTypes = true; 4911 4912 // Check return type 4913 QualType retType; 4914 if (OfBlockPointer) 4915 retType = mergeTypes(rbase->getResultType(), lbase->getResultType(), true, 4916 Unqualified); 4917 else 4918 retType = mergeTypes(lbase->getResultType(), rbase->getResultType(), false, 4919 Unqualified); 4920 if (retType.isNull()) return QualType(); 4921 4922 if (Unqualified) 4923 retType = retType.getUnqualifiedType(); 4924 4925 CanQualType LRetType = getCanonicalType(lbase->getResultType()); 4926 CanQualType RRetType = getCanonicalType(rbase->getResultType()); 4927 if (Unqualified) { 4928 LRetType = LRetType.getUnqualifiedType(); 4929 RRetType = RRetType.getUnqualifiedType(); 4930 } 4931 4932 if (getCanonicalType(retType) != LRetType) 4933 allLTypes = false; 4934 if (getCanonicalType(retType) != RRetType) 4935 allRTypes = false; 4936 4937 // FIXME: double check this 4938 // FIXME: should we error if lbase->getRegParmAttr() != 0 && 4939 // rbase->getRegParmAttr() != 0 && 4940 // lbase->getRegParmAttr() != rbase->getRegParmAttr()? 4941 FunctionType::ExtInfo lbaseInfo = lbase->getExtInfo(); 4942 FunctionType::ExtInfo rbaseInfo = rbase->getExtInfo(); 4943 4944 // Compatible functions must have compatible calling conventions 4945 if (!isSameCallConv(lbaseInfo.getCC(), rbaseInfo.getCC())) 4946 return QualType(); 4947 4948 // Regparm is part of the calling convention. 4949 if (lbaseInfo.getRegParm() != rbaseInfo.getRegParm()) 4950 return QualType(); 4951 4952 // It's noreturn if either type is. 4953 // FIXME: some uses, e.g. conditional exprs, really want this to be 'both'. 4954 bool NoReturn = lbaseInfo.getNoReturn() || rbaseInfo.getNoReturn(); 4955 if (NoReturn != lbaseInfo.getNoReturn()) 4956 allLTypes = false; 4957 if (NoReturn != rbaseInfo.getNoReturn()) 4958 allRTypes = false; 4959 4960 FunctionType::ExtInfo einfo(NoReturn, 4961 lbaseInfo.getRegParm(), 4962 lbaseInfo.getCC()); 4963 4964 if (lproto && rproto) { // two C99 style function prototypes 4965 assert(!lproto->hasExceptionSpec() && !rproto->hasExceptionSpec() && 4966 "C++ shouldn't be here"); 4967 unsigned lproto_nargs = lproto->getNumArgs(); 4968 unsigned rproto_nargs = rproto->getNumArgs(); 4969 4970 // Compatible functions must have the same number of arguments 4971 if (lproto_nargs != rproto_nargs) 4972 return QualType(); 4973 4974 // Variadic and non-variadic functions aren't compatible 4975 if (lproto->isVariadic() != rproto->isVariadic()) 4976 return QualType(); 4977 4978 if (lproto->getTypeQuals() != rproto->getTypeQuals()) 4979 return QualType(); 4980 4981 // Check argument compatibility 4982 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 10> types; 4983 for (unsigned i = 0; i < lproto_nargs; i++) { 4984 QualType largtype = lproto->getArgType(i).getUnqualifiedType(); 4985 QualType rargtype = rproto->getArgType(i).getUnqualifiedType(); 4986 QualType argtype = mergeFunctionArgumentTypes(largtype, rargtype, 4987 OfBlockPointer, 4988 Unqualified); 4989 if (argtype.isNull()) return QualType(); 4990 4991 if (Unqualified) 4992 argtype = argtype.getUnqualifiedType(); 4993 4994 types.push_back(argtype); 4995 if (Unqualified) { 4996 largtype = largtype.getUnqualifiedType(); 4997 rargtype = rargtype.getUnqualifiedType(); 4998 } 4999 5000 if (getCanonicalType(argtype) != getCanonicalType(largtype)) 5001 allLTypes = false; 5002 if (getCanonicalType(argtype) != getCanonicalType(rargtype)) 5003 allRTypes = false; 5004 } 5005 if (allLTypes) return lhs; 5006 if (allRTypes) return rhs; 5007 5008 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = lproto->getExtProtoInfo(); 5009 EPI.ExtInfo = einfo; 5010 return getFunctionType(retType, types.begin(), types.size(), EPI); 5011 } 5012 5013 if (lproto) allRTypes = false; 5014 if (rproto) allLTypes = false; 5015 5016 const FunctionProtoType *proto = lproto ? lproto : rproto; 5017 if (proto) { 5018 assert(!proto->hasExceptionSpec() && "C++ shouldn't be here"); 5019 if (proto->isVariadic()) return QualType(); 5020 // Check that the types are compatible with the types that 5021 // would result from default argument promotions (C99 6.7.5.3p15). 5022 // The only types actually affected are promotable integer 5023 // types and floats, which would be passed as a different 5024 // type depending on whether the prototype is visible. 5025 unsigned proto_nargs = proto->getNumArgs(); 5026 for (unsigned i = 0; i < proto_nargs; ++i) { 5027 QualType argTy = proto->getArgType(i); 5028 5029 // Look at the promotion type of enum types, since that is the type used 5030 // to pass enum values. 5031 if (const EnumType *Enum = argTy->getAs<EnumType>()) 5032 argTy = Enum->getDecl()->getPromotionType(); 5033 5034 if (argTy->isPromotableIntegerType() || 5035 getCanonicalType(argTy).getUnqualifiedType() == FloatTy) 5036 return QualType(); 5037 } 5038 5039 if (allLTypes) return lhs; 5040 if (allRTypes) return rhs; 5041 5042 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = proto->getExtProtoInfo(); 5043 EPI.ExtInfo = einfo; 5044 return getFunctionType(retType, proto->arg_type_begin(), 5045 proto->getNumArgs(), EPI); 5046 } 5047 5048 if (allLTypes) return lhs; 5049 if (allRTypes) return rhs; 5050 return getFunctionNoProtoType(retType, einfo); 5051} 5052 5053QualType ASTContext::mergeTypes(QualType LHS, QualType RHS, 5054 bool OfBlockPointer, 5055 bool Unqualified) { 5056 // C++ [expr]: If an expression initially has the type "reference to T", the 5057 // type is adjusted to "T" prior to any further analysis, the expression 5058 // designates the object or function denoted by the reference, and the 5059 // expression is an lvalue unless the reference is an rvalue reference and 5060 // the expression is a function call (possibly inside parentheses). 5061 assert(!LHS->getAs<ReferenceType>() && "LHS is a reference type?"); 5062 assert(!RHS->getAs<ReferenceType>() && "RHS is a reference type?"); 5063 5064 if (Unqualified) { 5065 LHS = LHS.getUnqualifiedType(); 5066 RHS = RHS.getUnqualifiedType(); 5067 } 5068 5069 QualType LHSCan = getCanonicalType(LHS), 5070 RHSCan = getCanonicalType(RHS); 5071 5072 // If two types are identical, they are compatible. 5073 if (LHSCan == RHSCan) 5074 return LHS; 5075 5076 // If the qualifiers are different, the types aren't compatible... mostly. 5077 Qualifiers LQuals = LHSCan.getLocalQualifiers(); 5078 Qualifiers RQuals = RHSCan.getLocalQualifiers(); 5079 if (LQuals != RQuals) { 5080 // If any of these qualifiers are different, we have a type 5081 // mismatch. 5082 if (LQuals.getCVRQualifiers() != RQuals.getCVRQualifiers() || 5083 LQuals.getAddressSpace() != RQuals.getAddressSpace()) 5084 return QualType(); 5085 5086 // Exactly one GC qualifier difference is allowed: __strong is 5087 // okay if the other type has no GC qualifier but is an Objective 5088 // C object pointer (i.e. implicitly strong by default). We fix 5089 // this by pretending that the unqualified type was actually 5090 // qualified __strong. 5091 Qualifiers::GC GC_L = LQuals.getObjCGCAttr(); 5092 Qualifiers::GC GC_R = RQuals.getObjCGCAttr(); 5093 assert((GC_L != GC_R) && "unequal qualifier sets had only equal elements"); 5094 5095 if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Weak || GC_R == Qualifiers::Weak) 5096 return QualType(); 5097 5098 if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Strong && RHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { 5099 return mergeTypes(LHS, getObjCGCQualType(RHS, Qualifiers::Strong)); 5100 } 5101 if (GC_R == Qualifiers::Strong && LHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { 5102 return mergeTypes(getObjCGCQualType(LHS, Qualifiers::Strong), RHS); 5103 } 5104 return QualType(); 5105 } 5106 5107 // Okay, qualifiers are equal. 5108 5109 Type::TypeClass LHSClass = LHSCan->getTypeClass(); 5110 Type::TypeClass RHSClass = RHSCan->getTypeClass(); 5111 5112 // We want to consider the two function types to be the same for these 5113 // comparisons, just force one to the other. 5114 if (LHSClass == Type::FunctionProto) LHSClass = Type::FunctionNoProto; 5115 if (RHSClass == Type::FunctionProto) RHSClass = Type::FunctionNoProto; 5116 5117 // Same as above for arrays 5118 if (LHSClass == Type::VariableArray || LHSClass == Type::IncompleteArray) 5119 LHSClass = Type::ConstantArray; 5120 if (RHSClass == Type::VariableArray || RHSClass == Type::IncompleteArray) 5121 RHSClass = Type::ConstantArray; 5122 5123 // ObjCInterfaces are just specialized ObjCObjects. 5124 if (LHSClass == Type::ObjCInterface) LHSClass = Type::ObjCObject; 5125 if (RHSClass == Type::ObjCInterface) RHSClass = Type::ObjCObject; 5126 5127 // Canonicalize ExtVector -> Vector. 5128 if (LHSClass == Type::ExtVector) LHSClass = Type::Vector; 5129 if (RHSClass == Type::ExtVector) RHSClass = Type::Vector; 5130 5131 // If the canonical type classes don't match. 5132 if (LHSClass != RHSClass) { 5133 // C99 6.7.2.2p4: Each enumerated type shall be compatible with char, 5134 // a signed integer type, or an unsigned integer type. 5135 // Compatibility is based on the underlying type, not the promotion 5136 // type. 5137 if (const EnumType* ETy = LHS->getAs<EnumType>()) { 5138 if (ETy->getDecl()->getIntegerType() == RHSCan.getUnqualifiedType()) 5139 return RHS; 5140 } 5141 if (const EnumType* ETy = RHS->getAs<EnumType>()) { 5142 if (ETy->getDecl()->getIntegerType() == LHSCan.getUnqualifiedType()) 5143 return LHS; 5144 } 5145 5146 return QualType(); 5147 } 5148 5149 // The canonical type classes match. 5150 switch (LHSClass) { 5151#define TYPE(Class, Base) 5152#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base) 5153#define NON_CANONICAL_UNLESS_DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class: 5154#define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class: 5155#define DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class: 5156#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def" 5157 assert(false && "Non-canonical and dependent types shouldn't get here"); 5158 return QualType(); 5159 5160 case Type::LValueReference: 5161 case Type::RValueReference: 5162 case Type::MemberPointer: 5163 assert(false && "C++ should never be in mergeTypes"); 5164 return QualType(); 5165 5166 case Type::ObjCInterface: 5167 case Type::IncompleteArray: 5168 case Type::VariableArray: 5169 case Type::FunctionProto: 5170 case Type::ExtVector: 5171 assert(false && "Types are eliminated above"); 5172 return QualType(); 5173 5174 case Type::Pointer: 5175 { 5176 // Merge two pointer types, while trying to preserve typedef info 5177 QualType LHSPointee = LHS->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 5178 QualType RHSPointee = RHS->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 5179 if (Unqualified) { 5180 LHSPointee = LHSPointee.getUnqualifiedType(); 5181 RHSPointee = RHSPointee.getUnqualifiedType(); 5182 } 5183 QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSPointee, RHSPointee, false, 5184 Unqualified); 5185 if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType(); 5186 if (getCanonicalType(LHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 5187 return LHS; 5188 if (getCanonicalType(RHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 5189 return RHS; 5190 return getPointerType(ResultType); 5191 } 5192 case Type::BlockPointer: 5193 { 5194 // Merge two block pointer types, while trying to preserve typedef info 5195 QualType LHSPointee = LHS->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 5196 QualType RHSPointee = RHS->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 5197 if (Unqualified) { 5198 LHSPointee = LHSPointee.getUnqualifiedType(); 5199 RHSPointee = RHSPointee.getUnqualifiedType(); 5200 } 5201 QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSPointee, RHSPointee, OfBlockPointer, 5202 Unqualified); 5203 if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType(); 5204 if (getCanonicalType(LHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 5205 return LHS; 5206 if (getCanonicalType(RHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 5207 return RHS; 5208 return getBlockPointerType(ResultType); 5209 } 5210 case Type::ConstantArray: 5211 { 5212 const ConstantArrayType* LCAT = getAsConstantArrayType(LHS); 5213 const ConstantArrayType* RCAT = getAsConstantArrayType(RHS); 5214 if (LCAT && RCAT && RCAT->getSize() != LCAT->getSize()) 5215 return QualType(); 5216 5217 QualType LHSElem = getAsArrayType(LHS)->getElementType(); 5218 QualType RHSElem = getAsArrayType(RHS)->getElementType(); 5219 if (Unqualified) { 5220 LHSElem = LHSElem.getUnqualifiedType(); 5221 RHSElem = RHSElem.getUnqualifiedType(); 5222 } 5223 5224 QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSElem, RHSElem, false, Unqualified); 5225 if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType(); 5226 if (LCAT && getCanonicalType(LHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 5227 return LHS; 5228 if (RCAT && getCanonicalType(RHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 5229 return RHS; 5230 if (LCAT) return getConstantArrayType(ResultType, LCAT->getSize(), 5231 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier(), 0); 5232 if (RCAT) return getConstantArrayType(ResultType, RCAT->getSize(), 5233 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier(), 0); 5234 const VariableArrayType* LVAT = getAsVariableArrayType(LHS); 5235 const VariableArrayType* RVAT = getAsVariableArrayType(RHS); 5236 if (LVAT && getCanonicalType(LHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 5237 return LHS; 5238 if (RVAT && getCanonicalType(RHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 5239 return RHS; 5240 if (LVAT) { 5241 // FIXME: This isn't correct! But tricky to implement because 5242 // the array's size has to be the size of LHS, but the type 5243 // has to be different. 5244 return LHS; 5245 } 5246 if (RVAT) { 5247 // FIXME: This isn't correct! But tricky to implement because 5248 // the array's size has to be the size of RHS, but the type 5249 // has to be different. 5250 return RHS; 5251 } 5252 if (getCanonicalType(LHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) return LHS; 5253 if (getCanonicalType(RHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) return RHS; 5254 return getIncompleteArrayType(ResultType, 5255 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier(), 0); 5256 } 5257 case Type::FunctionNoProto: 5258 return mergeFunctionTypes(LHS, RHS, OfBlockPointer, Unqualified); 5259 case Type::Record: 5260 case Type::Enum: 5261 return QualType(); 5262 case Type::Builtin: 5263 // Only exactly equal builtin types are compatible, which is tested above. 5264 return QualType(); 5265 case Type::Complex: 5266 // Distinct complex types are incompatible. 5267 return QualType(); 5268 case Type::Vector: 5269 // FIXME: The merged type should be an ExtVector! 5270 if (areCompatVectorTypes(LHSCan->getAs<VectorType>(), 5271 RHSCan->getAs<VectorType>())) 5272 return LHS; 5273 return QualType(); 5274 case Type::ObjCObject: { 5275 // Check if the types are assignment compatible. 5276 // FIXME: This should be type compatibility, e.g. whether 5277 // "LHS x; RHS x;" at global scope is legal. 5278 const ObjCObjectType* LHSIface = LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectType>(); 5279 const ObjCObjectType* RHSIface = RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectType>(); 5280 if (canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSIface, RHSIface)) 5281 return LHS; 5282 5283 return QualType(); 5284 } 5285 case Type::ObjCObjectPointer: { 5286 if (OfBlockPointer) { 5287 if (canAssignObjCInterfacesInBlockPointer( 5288 LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(), 5289 RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>())) 5290 return LHS; 5291 return QualType(); 5292 } 5293 if (canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(), 5294 RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>())) 5295 return LHS; 5296 5297 return QualType(); 5298 } 5299 } 5300 5301 return QualType(); 5302} 5303 5304/// mergeObjCGCQualifiers - This routine merges ObjC's GC attribute of 'LHS' and 5305/// 'RHS' attributes and returns the merged version; including for function 5306/// return types. 5307QualType ASTContext::mergeObjCGCQualifiers(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) { 5308 QualType LHSCan = getCanonicalType(LHS), 5309 RHSCan = getCanonicalType(RHS); 5310 // If two types are identical, they are compatible. 5311 if (LHSCan == RHSCan) 5312 return LHS; 5313 if (RHSCan->isFunctionType()) { 5314 if (!LHSCan->isFunctionType()) 5315 return QualType(); 5316 QualType OldReturnType = 5317 cast<FunctionType>(RHSCan.getTypePtr())->getResultType(); 5318 QualType NewReturnType = 5319 cast<FunctionType>(LHSCan.getTypePtr())->getResultType(); 5320 QualType ResReturnType = 5321 mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewReturnType, OldReturnType); 5322 if (ResReturnType.isNull()) 5323 return QualType(); 5324 if (ResReturnType == NewReturnType || ResReturnType == OldReturnType) { 5325 // id foo(); ... __strong id foo(); or: __strong id foo(); ... id foo(); 5326 // In either case, use OldReturnType to build the new function type. 5327 const FunctionType *F = LHS->getAs<FunctionType>(); 5328 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = cast<FunctionProtoType>(F)) { 5329 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo(); 5330 EPI.ExtInfo = getFunctionExtInfo(LHS); 5331 QualType ResultType 5332 = getFunctionType(OldReturnType, FPT->arg_type_begin(), 5333 FPT->getNumArgs(), EPI); 5334 return ResultType; 5335 } 5336 } 5337 return QualType(); 5338 } 5339 5340 // If the qualifiers are different, the types can still be merged. 5341 Qualifiers LQuals = LHSCan.getLocalQualifiers(); 5342 Qualifiers RQuals = RHSCan.getLocalQualifiers(); 5343 if (LQuals != RQuals) { 5344 // If any of these qualifiers are different, we have a type mismatch. 5345 if (LQuals.getCVRQualifiers() != RQuals.getCVRQualifiers() || 5346 LQuals.getAddressSpace() != RQuals.getAddressSpace()) 5347 return QualType(); 5348 5349 // Exactly one GC qualifier difference is allowed: __strong is 5350 // okay if the other type has no GC qualifier but is an Objective 5351 // C object pointer (i.e. implicitly strong by default). We fix 5352 // this by pretending that the unqualified type was actually 5353 // qualified __strong. 5354 Qualifiers::GC GC_L = LQuals.getObjCGCAttr(); 5355 Qualifiers::GC GC_R = RQuals.getObjCGCAttr(); 5356 assert((GC_L != GC_R) && "unequal qualifier sets had only equal elements"); 5357 5358 if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Weak || GC_R == Qualifiers::Weak) 5359 return QualType(); 5360 5361 if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Strong) 5362 return LHS; 5363 if (GC_R == Qualifiers::Strong) 5364 return RHS; 5365 return QualType(); 5366 } 5367 5368 if (LHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType() && RHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { 5369 QualType LHSBaseQT = LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 5370 QualType RHSBaseQT = RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 5371 QualType ResQT = mergeObjCGCQualifiers(LHSBaseQT, RHSBaseQT); 5372 if (ResQT == LHSBaseQT) 5373 return LHS; 5374 if (ResQT == RHSBaseQT) 5375 return RHS; 5376 } 5377 return QualType(); 5378} 5379 5380//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5381// Integer Predicates 5382//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5383 5384unsigned ASTContext::getIntWidth(QualType T) const { 5385 if (EnumType *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(T)) 5386 T = ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 5387 if (T->isBooleanType()) 5388 return 1; 5389 // For builtin types, just use the standard type sizing method 5390 return (unsigned)getTypeSize(T); 5391} 5392 5393QualType ASTContext::getCorrespondingUnsignedType(QualType T) { 5394 assert(T->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation() && "Unexpected type"); 5395 5396 // Turn <4 x signed int> -> <4 x unsigned int> 5397 if (const VectorType *VTy = T->getAs<VectorType>()) 5398 return getVectorType(getCorrespondingUnsignedType(VTy->getElementType()), 5399 VTy->getNumElements(), VTy->getVectorKind()); 5400 5401 // For enums, we return the unsigned version of the base type. 5402 if (const EnumType *ETy = T->getAs<EnumType>()) 5403 T = ETy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 5404 5405 const BuiltinType *BTy = T->getAs<BuiltinType>(); 5406 assert(BTy && "Unexpected signed integer type"); 5407 switch (BTy->getKind()) { 5408 case BuiltinType::Char_S: 5409 case BuiltinType::SChar: 5410 return UnsignedCharTy; 5411 case BuiltinType::Short: 5412 return UnsignedShortTy; 5413 case BuiltinType::Int: 5414 return UnsignedIntTy; 5415 case BuiltinType::Long: 5416 return UnsignedLongTy; 5417 case BuiltinType::LongLong: 5418 return UnsignedLongLongTy; 5419 case BuiltinType::Int128: 5420 return UnsignedInt128Ty; 5421 default: 5422 assert(0 && "Unexpected signed integer type"); 5423 return QualType(); 5424 } 5425} 5426 5427ExternalASTSource::~ExternalASTSource() { } 5428 5429void ExternalASTSource::PrintStats() { } 5430 5431ASTMutationListener::~ASTMutationListener() { } 5432 5433 5434//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5435// Builtin Type Computation 5436//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5437 5438/// DecodeTypeFromStr - This decodes one type descriptor from Str, advancing the 5439/// pointer over the consumed characters. This returns the resultant type. If 5440/// AllowTypeModifiers is false then modifier like * are not parsed, just basic 5441/// types. This allows "v2i*" to be parsed as a pointer to a v2i instead of 5442/// a vector of "i*". 5443/// 5444/// RequiresICE is filled in on return to indicate whether the value is required 5445/// to be an Integer Constant Expression. 5446static QualType DecodeTypeFromStr(const char *&Str, const ASTContext &Context, 5447 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError &Error, 5448 bool &RequiresICE, 5449 bool AllowTypeModifiers) { 5450 // Modifiers. 5451 int HowLong = 0; 5452 bool Signed = false, Unsigned = false; 5453 RequiresICE = false; 5454 5455 // Read the prefixed modifiers first. 5456 bool Done = false; 5457 while (!Done) { 5458 switch (*Str++) { 5459 default: Done = true; --Str; break; 5460 case 'I': 5461 RequiresICE = true; 5462 break; 5463 case 'S': 5464 assert(!Unsigned && "Can't use both 'S' and 'U' modifiers!"); 5465 assert(!Signed && "Can't use 'S' modifier multiple times!"); 5466 Signed = true; 5467 break; 5468 case 'U': 5469 assert(!Signed && "Can't use both 'S' and 'U' modifiers!"); 5470 assert(!Unsigned && "Can't use 'S' modifier multiple times!"); 5471 Unsigned = true; 5472 break; 5473 case 'L': 5474 assert(HowLong <= 2 && "Can't have LLLL modifier"); 5475 ++HowLong; 5476 break; 5477 } 5478 } 5479 5480 QualType Type; 5481 5482 // Read the base type. 5483 switch (*Str++) { 5484 default: assert(0 && "Unknown builtin type letter!"); 5485 case 'v': 5486 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && 5487 "Bad modifiers used with 'v'!"); 5488 Type = Context.VoidTy; 5489 break; 5490 case 'f': 5491 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && 5492 "Bad modifiers used with 'f'!"); 5493 Type = Context.FloatTy; 5494 break; 5495 case 'd': 5496 assert(HowLong < 2 && !Signed && !Unsigned && 5497 "Bad modifiers used with 'd'!"); 5498 if (HowLong) 5499 Type = Context.LongDoubleTy; 5500 else 5501 Type = Context.DoubleTy; 5502 break; 5503 case 's': 5504 assert(HowLong == 0 && "Bad modifiers used with 's'!"); 5505 if (Unsigned) 5506 Type = Context.UnsignedShortTy; 5507 else 5508 Type = Context.ShortTy; 5509 break; 5510 case 'i': 5511 if (HowLong == 3) 5512 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedInt128Ty : Context.Int128Ty; 5513 else if (HowLong == 2) 5514 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy; 5515 else if (HowLong == 1) 5516 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy; 5517 else 5518 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy; 5519 break; 5520 case 'c': 5521 assert(HowLong == 0 && "Bad modifiers used with 'c'!"); 5522 if (Signed) 5523 Type = Context.SignedCharTy; 5524 else if (Unsigned) 5525 Type = Context.UnsignedCharTy; 5526 else 5527 Type = Context.CharTy; 5528 break; 5529 case 'b': // boolean 5530 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && "Bad modifiers for 'b'!"); 5531 Type = Context.BoolTy; 5532 break; 5533 case 'z': // size_t. 5534 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && "Bad modifiers for 'z'!"); 5535 Type = Context.getSizeType(); 5536 break; 5537 case 'F': 5538 Type = Context.getCFConstantStringType(); 5539 break; 5540 case 'G': 5541 Type = Context.getObjCIdType(); 5542 break; 5543 case 'H': 5544 Type = Context.getObjCSelType(); 5545 break; 5546 case 'a': 5547 Type = Context.getBuiltinVaListType(); 5548 assert(!Type.isNull() && "builtin va list type not initialized!"); 5549 break; 5550 case 'A': 5551 // This is a "reference" to a va_list; however, what exactly 5552 // this means depends on how va_list is defined. There are two 5553 // different kinds of va_list: ones passed by value, and ones 5554 // passed by reference. An example of a by-value va_list is 5555 // x86, where va_list is a char*. An example of by-ref va_list 5556 // is x86-64, where va_list is a __va_list_tag[1]. For x86, 5557 // we want this argument to be a char*&; for x86-64, we want 5558 // it to be a __va_list_tag*. 5559 Type = Context.getBuiltinVaListType(); 5560 assert(!Type.isNull() && "builtin va list type not initialized!"); 5561 if (Type->isArrayType()) 5562 Type = Context.getArrayDecayedType(Type); 5563 else 5564 Type = Context.getLValueReferenceType(Type); 5565 break; 5566 case 'V': { 5567 char *End; 5568 unsigned NumElements = strtoul(Str, &End, 10); 5569 assert(End != Str && "Missing vector size"); 5570 Str = End; 5571 5572 QualType ElementType = DecodeTypeFromStr(Str, Context, Error, 5573 RequiresICE, false); 5574 assert(!RequiresICE && "Can't require vector ICE"); 5575 5576 // TODO: No way to make AltiVec vectors in builtins yet. 5577 Type = Context.getVectorType(ElementType, NumElements, 5578 VectorType::GenericVector); 5579 break; 5580 } 5581 case 'X': { 5582 QualType ElementType = DecodeTypeFromStr(Str, Context, Error, RequiresICE, 5583 false); 5584 assert(!RequiresICE && "Can't require complex ICE"); 5585 Type = Context.getComplexType(ElementType); 5586 break; 5587 } 5588 case 'P': 5589 Type = Context.getFILEType(); 5590 if (Type.isNull()) { 5591 Error = ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio; 5592 return QualType(); 5593 } 5594 break; 5595 case 'J': 5596 if (Signed) 5597 Type = Context.getsigjmp_bufType(); 5598 else 5599 Type = Context.getjmp_bufType(); 5600 5601 if (Type.isNull()) { 5602 Error = ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp; 5603 return QualType(); 5604 } 5605 break; 5606 } 5607 5608 // If there are modifiers and if we're allowed to parse them, go for it. 5609 Done = !AllowTypeModifiers; 5610 while (!Done) { 5611 switch (char c = *Str++) { 5612 default: Done = true; --Str; break; 5613 case '*': 5614 case '&': { 5615 // Both pointers and references can have their pointee types 5616 // qualified with an address space. 5617 char *End; 5618 unsigned AddrSpace = strtoul(Str, &End, 10); 5619 if (End != Str && AddrSpace != 0) { 5620 Type = Context.getAddrSpaceQualType(Type, AddrSpace); 5621 Str = End; 5622 } 5623 if (c == '*') 5624 Type = Context.getPointerType(Type); 5625 else 5626 Type = Context.getLValueReferenceType(Type); 5627 break; 5628 } 5629 // FIXME: There's no way to have a built-in with an rvalue ref arg. 5630 case 'C': 5631 Type = Type.withConst(); 5632 break; 5633 case 'D': 5634 Type = Context.getVolatileType(Type); 5635 break; 5636 } 5637 } 5638 5639 assert((!RequiresICE || Type->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) && 5640 "Integer constant 'I' type must be an integer"); 5641 5642 return Type; 5643} 5644 5645/// GetBuiltinType - Return the type for the specified builtin. 5646QualType ASTContext::GetBuiltinType(unsigned Id, 5647 GetBuiltinTypeError &Error, 5648 unsigned *IntegerConstantArgs) const { 5649 const char *TypeStr = BuiltinInfo.GetTypeString(Id); 5650 5651 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 8> ArgTypes; 5652 5653 bool RequiresICE = false; 5654 Error = GE_None; 5655 QualType ResType = DecodeTypeFromStr(TypeStr, *this, Error, 5656 RequiresICE, true); 5657 if (Error != GE_None) 5658 return QualType(); 5659 5660 assert(!RequiresICE && "Result of intrinsic cannot be required to be an ICE"); 5661 5662 while (TypeStr[0] && TypeStr[0] != '.') { 5663 QualType Ty = DecodeTypeFromStr(TypeStr, *this, Error, RequiresICE, true); 5664 if (Error != GE_None) 5665 return QualType(); 5666 5667 // If this argument is required to be an IntegerConstantExpression and the 5668 // caller cares, fill in the bitmask we return. 5669 if (RequiresICE && IntegerConstantArgs) 5670 *IntegerConstantArgs |= 1 << ArgTypes.size(); 5671 5672 // Do array -> pointer decay. The builtin should use the decayed type. 5673 if (Ty->isArrayType()) 5674 Ty = getArrayDecayedType(Ty); 5675 5676 ArgTypes.push_back(Ty); 5677 } 5678 5679 assert((TypeStr[0] != '.' || TypeStr[1] == 0) && 5680 "'.' should only occur at end of builtin type list!"); 5681 5682 FunctionType::ExtInfo EI; 5683 if (BuiltinInfo.isNoReturn(Id)) EI = EI.withNoReturn(true); 5684 5685 bool Variadic = (TypeStr[0] == '.'); 5686 5687 // We really shouldn't be making a no-proto type here, especially in C++. 5688 if (ArgTypes.empty() && Variadic) 5689 return getFunctionNoProtoType(ResType, EI); 5690 5691 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI; 5692 EPI.ExtInfo = EI; 5693 EPI.Variadic = Variadic; 5694 5695 return getFunctionType(ResType, ArgTypes.data(), ArgTypes.size(), EPI); 5696} 5697 5698GVALinkage ASTContext::GetGVALinkageForFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD) { 5699 GVALinkage External = GVA_StrongExternal; 5700 5701 Linkage L = FD->getLinkage(); 5702 if (L == ExternalLinkage && getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 5703 FD->getType()->getLinkage() == UniqueExternalLinkage) 5704 L = UniqueExternalLinkage; 5705 5706 switch (L) { 5707 case NoLinkage: 5708 case InternalLinkage: 5709 case UniqueExternalLinkage: 5710 return GVA_Internal; 5711 5712 case ExternalLinkage: 5713 switch (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind()) { 5714 case TSK_Undeclared: 5715 case TSK_ExplicitSpecialization: 5716 External = GVA_StrongExternal; 5717 break; 5718 5719 case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDefinition: 5720 return GVA_ExplicitTemplateInstantiation; 5721 5722 case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDeclaration: 5723 case TSK_ImplicitInstantiation: 5724 External = GVA_TemplateInstantiation; 5725 break; 5726 } 5727 } 5728 5729 if (!FD->isInlined()) 5730 return External; 5731 5732 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus || FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) { 5733 // GNU or C99 inline semantics. Determine whether this symbol should be 5734 // externally visible. 5735 if (FD->isInlineDefinitionExternallyVisible()) 5736 return External; 5737 5738 // C99 inline semantics, where the symbol is not externally visible. 5739 return GVA_C99Inline; 5740 } 5741 5742 // C++0x [temp.explicit]p9: 5743 // [ Note: The intent is that an inline function that is the subject of 5744 // an explicit instantiation declaration will still be implicitly 5745 // instantiated when used so that the body can be considered for 5746 // inlining, but that no out-of-line copy of the inline function would be 5747 // generated in the translation unit. -- end note ] 5748 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() 5749 == TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDeclaration) 5750 return GVA_C99Inline; 5751 5752 return GVA_CXXInline; 5753} 5754 5755GVALinkage ASTContext::GetGVALinkageForVariable(const VarDecl *VD) { 5756 // If this is a static data member, compute the kind of template 5757 // specialization. Otherwise, this variable is not part of a 5758 // template. 5759 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK = TSK_Undeclared; 5760 if (VD->isStaticDataMember()) 5761 TSK = VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind(); 5762 5763 Linkage L = VD->getLinkage(); 5764 if (L == ExternalLinkage && getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 5765 VD->getType()->getLinkage() == UniqueExternalLinkage) 5766 L = UniqueExternalLinkage; 5767 5768 switch (L) { 5769 case NoLinkage: 5770 case InternalLinkage: 5771 case UniqueExternalLinkage: 5772 return GVA_Internal; 5773 5774 case ExternalLinkage: 5775 switch (TSK) { 5776 case TSK_Undeclared: 5777 case TSK_ExplicitSpecialization: 5778 return GVA_StrongExternal; 5779 5780 case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDeclaration: 5781 llvm_unreachable("Variable should not be instantiated"); 5782 // Fall through to treat this like any other instantiation. 5783 5784 case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDefinition: 5785 return GVA_ExplicitTemplateInstantiation; 5786 5787 case TSK_ImplicitInstantiation: 5788 return GVA_TemplateInstantiation; 5789 } 5790 } 5791 5792 return GVA_StrongExternal; 5793} 5794 5795bool ASTContext::DeclMustBeEmitted(const Decl *D) { 5796 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 5797 if (!VD->isFileVarDecl()) 5798 return false; 5799 } else if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) 5800 return false; 5801 5802 // Weak references don't produce any output by themselves. 5803 if (D->hasAttr<WeakRefAttr>()) 5804 return false; 5805 5806 // Aliases and used decls are required. 5807 if (D->hasAttr<AliasAttr>() || D->hasAttr<UsedAttr>()) 5808 return true; 5809 5810 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 5811 // Forward declarations aren't required. 5812 if (!FD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 5813 return false; 5814 5815 // Constructors and destructors are required. 5816 if (FD->hasAttr<ConstructorAttr>() || FD->hasAttr<DestructorAttr>()) 5817 return true; 5818 5819 // The key function for a class is required. 5820 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 5821 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = MD->getParent(); 5822 if (MD->isOutOfLine() && RD->isDynamicClass()) { 5823 const CXXMethodDecl *KeyFunc = getKeyFunction(RD); 5824 if (KeyFunc && KeyFunc->getCanonicalDecl() == MD->getCanonicalDecl()) 5825 return true; 5826 } 5827 } 5828 5829 GVALinkage Linkage = GetGVALinkageForFunction(FD); 5830 5831 // static, static inline, always_inline, and extern inline functions can 5832 // always be deferred. Normal inline functions can be deferred in C99/C++. 5833 // Implicit template instantiations can also be deferred in C++. 5834 if (Linkage == GVA_Internal || Linkage == GVA_C99Inline || 5835 Linkage == GVA_CXXInline || Linkage == GVA_TemplateInstantiation) 5836 return false; 5837 return true; 5838 } 5839 5840 const VarDecl *VD = cast<VarDecl>(D); 5841 assert(VD->isFileVarDecl() && "Expected file scoped var"); 5842 5843 if (VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::DeclarationOnly) 5844 return false; 5845 5846 // Structs that have non-trivial constructors or destructors are required. 5847 5848 // FIXME: Handle references. 5849 if (const RecordType *RT = VD->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()) { 5850 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl())) { 5851 if (RD->hasDefinition() && 5852 (!RD->hasTrivialConstructor() || !RD->hasTrivialDestructor())) 5853 return true; 5854 } 5855 } 5856 5857 GVALinkage L = GetGVALinkageForVariable(VD); 5858 if (L == GVA_Internal || L == GVA_TemplateInstantiation) { 5859 if (!(VD->getInit() && VD->getInit()->HasSideEffects(*this))) 5860 return false; 5861 } 5862 5863 return true; 5864} 5865 5866CallingConv ASTContext::getDefaultMethodCallConv() { 5867 // Pass through to the C++ ABI object 5868 return ABI->getDefaultMethodCallConv(); 5869} 5870 5871bool ASTContext::isNearlyEmpty(const CXXRecordDecl *RD) const { 5872 // Pass through to the C++ ABI object 5873 return ABI->isNearlyEmpty(RD); 5874} 5875 5876MangleContext *ASTContext::createMangleContext() { 5877 switch (Target.getCXXABI()) { 5878 case CXXABI_ARM: 5879 case CXXABI_Itanium: 5880 return createItaniumMangleContext(*this, getDiagnostics()); 5881 case CXXABI_Microsoft: 5882 return createMicrosoftMangleContext(*this, getDiagnostics()); 5883 } 5884 assert(0 && "Unsupported ABI"); 5885 return 0; 5886} 5887 5888CXXABI::~CXXABI() {} 5889